You are on page 1of 252

I.

Ohio DOT State Kit Content


Ohio department of transportation state kit was generated based on the resource finding
in Section II. The content is setup as a content pack installer for US Ohio available for
download from the Autodesk Subscription Center web site.

Documentation of content has been broken down in each section and accompanying
appendices where applicable.

A. Templates
Multiple prototype drawings do not exist for various applications at Ohio DOT, therefore
a master drawing template named “Ohio DOT (Imperial).dwt” was generated containing
all the required settings for layer attributes, layer filters, text styles, line types, dimension
styles, blocks, named page setups, and Civil 3D styles.

Layer tables were setup based on the “layer attributes” appendix. This layer chart is a
result of converting the Ohio DOT MicroStation level characteristics (color, linestyle,
weight) to AutoCAD layer characteristics for line types, named plot styles, and
descriptions that have been setup in the template master file.

Civil 3D styles generated are set to ByLayer with the exception of a few line types that
were set to override the default layer linetype. This approach mimics the OhDOT CADD
Manual consistent with their MicroStation CADD package. Sound style creation
characteristics for proper Civil 3D style were followed, such as the use of bylayer
characteristics, to ensure that the behavior of the content follows the intent of the Ohio
DOT CADD manual and setups for all styles.

Plan production templates were also created for Plan, Plan and Profile, and for Cross
sections generation named “Ohio DOT PLPR1 Production.dwt”, “Ohio DOT Cross
Section - Volume Table.dwt” and “Ohio DOT Cross Section - No Volume Table.dwt”.
These templates are located in the “\Template\Plan Production\” folder typically located
at “C:\Users\%username%\AppData\Local\Autodesk\C3D 2014\enu\”. Please see
section “I. Plans Production” for further information regarding Plan Production Usage.

Title blocks (borders) were generated matching the various border files for Ohio DOT as
defined in the ODOT sheets cell library. A single drawing containing all of the borders
are in a file named “OhDOT_Sheets.dwg”. This file is typically located in
“C:\ProgramData\Autodesk\C3D 2014\enu\Data\Borders”. Sheet Set Manager (SSM)
which controls the content of the title blocks information. An SSM template file named
“OhDOT Default SheetSet.dst” is setup in the “..\Template\SheetSets\” folder. Title
blocks should be inserted into paper space as a block from within AutoCAD Design
center.

Other blocks/symbols generated from the various cell libraries in use are based on the
different cell libraries defined in the Ohio DOT CADD manual and summarized below.
These blocks were used in various styles for Civil 3D setups and can be inserted using
Autodesk Design Center function. A different drawing was generated for each of the
different libraries with those names matching the libraries found in the OhDOT setups:

Page 1 May 3, 2013


DWG Block Library Description
ODOT_Bridge.dwg Commonly used blocks for bridge plans.
ODOT_Drainage.dwg Blocks for standard drainage structures.
ODOT_Geotech.dwg Blocks used for geotechnical Information.
ODOT_Geotech_1996.dwg Blocks used for the Specs for Subsurface Investigation.
ODOT_RW.dwg Commonly used blocks for Right-of-Way plans.
ODOT_Symbols.dwg Blocks representing standard plan symbols.

These DWG library files located in the “..\Symbols\” folder typically are located at
“C:\ProgramData\Autodesk\C3D 2013\enu\Data\Symbls”.

Sign blocks are generated from the multiple sign cell libraries in use at OhDOT. These
signs can be inserted with Autodesk Design Center and can be found in the
“..\Symbols\OHDOT_Signs\” folder. Multiple drawings exist with many different blocks for
each sign group. These are the various Sign Blocks library DWG files generated:
Signs_Arrows.dwg
Signs_Directional.dwg
Signs_Emergency Management.dwg
Signs_Informational.dwg
Signs_Markers.dwg
Signs_Miscellaneous.dwg
Signs_Object Markers.dwg
Signs_Rec-Cult.dwg
Signs_Regulatory.dwg
Signs_school.dwg
Signs_Services.dwg
Signs_Warning.dwg

Hatch patterns are defined in separate custom patterns that can be used in the “custom”
segment of the hatch dialog box. Hatch pattern naming matches the OhDOT pattern
names. A handful of patterns used for geotechnical are too complex to be represented in
the typical PAT definition format. It is recommended that the SuperHatch function be
used to create patterns for these symbols. Hatching in MicroStation is done with the use
of cell libraries (blocks) with the equivalent in AutoCAD is the SuperHatch function. All
pattern cells have been generated into individual drawings that can be used in the super
hatch function, located in the “..\Symbols\OHDOT_SuperHatch\” folder.

The Ohio Dot makes use of cosmetic and physical line types. Cosmetic line types are
normally found in AutoCAD type scenarios and physical line types are used for fixed
length lines such as lane lines, etc. (The only way to properly show these physical
linetypes in AutoCAD is to set scale factors to individual entities as they are placed,
based on the scale factor being used). Cosmetic linetypes behave similar to the typical
AutoCAD linetype behavior with the exception of being able to use the “Drawing Scale”
function to change the linetype scale. This means that the following variables need to be
set in addition to controlling the “Drawing Scale” setting:

Page 2 May 3, 2013


AutoCAD Variable Value
MSLTSCALE 0 (off)
PSLTSCALE 0 (off)
LTSCALE (Scale of DWG)
i.e. if Drawing scale is at 20, LTScale should be 20 also. If the scale factor changes, this
LTSCALE must also change. AutoCAD custom linetypes generated from complex
MicroStation resource files do not honor dynamic scaling capabilities.

Dimension styles setup to match the intent of Ohio DOT as outlined below. Typical to
AutoCAD normal operation, the dimension scale should be set and used from the typical
scale list found in the Ohio DOT CADD manual on page 45 as summarized below for
engineering and bridge plan drawings:
1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:6, 1:8, 1:10, 1:20, 1:25, 1:30, 1:40, 1:50, 1:100, 1:200, 1:250,
1:400, 1:500, 1:1,000, 1:2,000, 1:5,000, 1:10,000, 1:50,000, 1:100,000, 1:250,000

Bridge detail drawings:


12”-1’-0”, 6”=1’-0”, 3”=1’-0”, 1 1/2”=1’-0”, 1”-1’-0”, 3/4”=1’-0”, 1/2"=1’-0”, 3/8”=1’-0”,
1/4”=1’-0”, 3/16”=1’-0”, 1/8”=1’-0”, 1/16”=1’-0”, 1/32”=1’-0”

Dimension Style Tables Setup:


Dimension Style Style Text Ht Description
Dec-0, Slanted Font31 0.14 Decimal Feet, No Places
Dec-0, Straight Font30 0.14 Decimal Feet, No Places
Dec-1, Slanted Font31 0.14 Decimal Feet, 1 Decimal Place
Dec-1, Straight Font30 0.14 Decimal Feet, 1 Decimal Place
Dec-2, Slanted Font31 0.14 Decimal Feet, 2 Decimal Place
Dec-2, Straight Font30 0.14 Decimal Feet, 2 Decimal Place
Dec-Multiline, Slanted Font31 0.14 Fractions, 1/16" Accuracy
Dec-Multiline, Straight Font31 0.14 Fractions, 1/16" Accuracy
Fract-Multiline, Slanted Font31 0.14 Fractions, 1/16" Accuracy
Fract, Slanted Font31 0.14 Fractions, 1/16" Accuracy

Sample Dimension for Dec, Straight and Slanted:

Ohio DOT text fonts and styles are defined in section 207 of the Ohio Dot CADD
manual. MicroStation defined text styles can hold a line spacing characteristic along with
a masking characteristic where AutoCAD Text Styles cannot. Ohio DOT has created
several different text styles to accommodate this specific line spacing and masking;
(these are not required in AutoCAD Civil 3D). Annotative Text Styles are generated to
match those used by Ohio DOT using the custom fonts generated to mimic those
defined by Ohio DOT as used in MicroStation. The following is a Table of Text Styles
generated for OhDOT:

Page 3 May 3, 2013


Text Style Height Font
Font 70-Main Title 0.25 Latha-Bold
Font 70-Sub Title 0.17 Latha-Bold
Font 70-Title 0.2 Latha-Bold
Slanted-Normal 0.14 font31.shx
Slanted-Sub Title 0.17 font31.shx
Slanted-Title 0.2 font31.shx
Straight-Normal 0.14 font30.shx
Straight-Sub Title 0.17 font30.shx
Straight-Title 0.2 font30.shx

Custom characters are also defined in these fonts so that similar behavior is obtained for
placing custom symbols for how these fonts are used in the Ohio DOT environment.
Graphical representations of these fonts along with their special symbol characters can
be found in the Ohio DOT CADD manual.

B. Roadway Design
OhDOT uses GeoPAK Roadway modeler for generating cross sections for plan sets.
Custom subassemblies have been generated to mimic the operation of the entire
OhDOT GeoPAK library. A summary of the OhDOT equivalent subassemblies to
GeoPAK templates, along with Help file files per sub assembly, can be found in the
Custom Subassemblies appendix.

Code sets are defined to mirror those codes being used in the GeoPAK criteria files and
GeoPAK roadway modeler files. Multiple code set files exist for generating plan line work
and for cross sections. The OhDOT Code Sets Plan file is to be used for generating
corridor line work to be viewed in the plan view. Cross sections have two categories; a
design category that uses the OhDOT Code Sets Cross Section Design file that shows
all pavement structure and slopes for design purposes and a display category that use
the OhDOT Code Sets Cross Sections for Display file matching how OhDOT shows their
data on cross section sheets. There is also the master OhDot Code Sets file with all the
codes turned on.

Criteria based design data standards xml files were generated for Civil 3D to allow
horizontal and vertical design constraint design capabilities for Ohio DOT. The OHDOT
Highway Design Manual has been updated as of July 2012 and developed to closely
conform to the following publications.

AASHTO – A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets (2011 Green Book)
AASHTO – A Policy on Design Standards – Interstate System (2005)
TBR Report 214 – Designing Safer Roads – Practices for Resurfacing, Restoration and
Rehabilitation (1987)
AASHTO – Roadside Design Guide (2011)
AASHTO – Guide for the development of Bicycle Facilities (2012)

Based on the above, the State Kit includes revised roadway design standards xml files:
“OHDOT Civil 3D Imperial (2004) Roadway Design Standards.xml” and

Page 4 May 3, 2013


“OHDOT-6percent Low Speed Urban Ramps Civil 3D Imperial.xml”

C. Reports
Reports have been generated to mimic the OhDOT report submittal requirements for
horizontal alignments, vertical alignments, monument reports, and cross section staking
reports on a typical scenario for a set of OhDOT plans that a consultant would produce.

These can be found in the Toolbox located in The Toolspace next to Prospector:

These reports provide similar content and format as produced by the GEOPAK reports.
These reports are defined in Section 504 of the OhDOT CADD Engineer Standards
manual.
D. Civil 3D Pipes
Storm and Sanitary catalogs setup for Structures and Pipes match OhDOT details for
Storm and sanitary structures and pipes. Quantity take off (QTO) data was assigned to
the structures and pipes data. Custom Parametric pipes and Structures were also setup
to match OhDOT standard pipe and structure details. Several of the stock OhDOT
symbol blocks used in plan construction drawings had to be modified to locate the block
origin in the custom structure origin so that the symbol and part are shown correctly in
plan.

Pipe Rules
The pipe rules were developed based on criteria specified in the Ohio Department of
Transportation Location and Design Manual, Volume 2 (July, 2012). The manual
defines the pipe types (type A-F) as well as the length, cover and slope requirements for
the different pipe materials.

Page 5 May 3, 2013


Length
The maximum length is determined by the inner diameter of the pipe:

Pipe Size Max. Spacing


>36” 300’
36”-60” 500’
>60” 750’ to 1000’

These maximum lengths require the creation of at least 3 rules for each pipe type.

Cover
The cover requirements are generally applied based on flexible or rigid pipe. Flexible
pipe requires at least 12” of cover from top of pipe to top of subgrade/finish grade, and at
least 18” to top of pavement. Rigid pipe requires at least 9” of cover from top of pipe to
top of subgrade/finish grade, and at least 15” to top of pavement.

Additionally there are corrugated pipe materials that require alternate minimum cover;
additional rules were developed for these pipes.

The rules for all pipes use minimum requirement for cover to the subgrade.

Slope
The maximum slope defined by the manual is 25%. No minimum slope is defined.
Instead, a 3 fps minimum velocity is required for flow in the pipe. Using Manning’s
Equation a minimum slope of 0.5% was calculated for a 12” pipe, and was used as the
minimum for all pipes.

Structure Rules
The structure rules were developed based on criteria specified in the Ohio Department
of Transportation Location and Design Manual, Volume 2 (July, 2012) as well as the
Standard Construction Drawings (January 2013).

Rules were developed for each structure type to define the maximum pipe diameter
allowed based on the dimensions of the structure. The sump depth was also defined for
each structure based on the standard drawings.
E. Quantity Take Off (QTO)
Content for Pay Items was downloaded from the OhDOT website with the latest revision
date of 04/25/2013, Spec year 2013. A pay item criteria file in comma delimited CSV
format was generated and is named “OhDOT_PayItems_2013.csv”. A pay item
categorization file was also generated and named “OHDOT_Categories_2013.xml”
These were setup inside Civil 3D and applied to the appropriate Civil 3D content/styles
for extraction of data for pay items with the Civil 3D QTO manager function.

Code Set Point Codes and Link Codes can be assigned pay items from the Master Pay
Item List. In order to take full advantage of Civil 3D’s QTO capabilities, the designer
should copy the Code Set file and apply specific Pay Items to the Point and Link codes
associated with the sub-assemblies used in the corridor.

Page 6 May 3, 2013


The corridor specific Code Set file is then assigned to the corridor QTO. Code Sets and
Pay Items can be adjusted and assigned for specific corridors within the project.

An Excel version of the Pay items list may be downloaded from the OhDOT web site
form this location:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/contractAdmin/contracts/construction/forms/itemmaster.aspx

F. Plotting
Ohio DOT CADD manual calls for items to make use of the bylayer characteristics with
the exception of a few line types that would be different on some layers.

AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT setups use named plot styles instead of weights or colors to
control the weights/screening of objects. Colors serve as a visual aid for display of
content graphically on the screen. Often the color chosen for display on the screen for
various items has meaning and the physical color between the MicroStation and
AutoCAD environments should match. However, the same color index values cannot be
used between the two cadd software packages. An equivalent color index (one that
matches a close RGB representation of the color in the other cadd package) must be
used.

Drawings typically produced at Ohio DOT are 11x17 which is a half size of a 22x34
sheet. Using named plot styles allows the weights to be specified when plotting (in lieu of
using the scaling option), similar to how weights are specified/controlled in the
MicroStation plot driver configurations with the weights. The Plotting appendix contains
comparisons of the Ohio DOT plotting pen table along with a summary of named plot
styles. MicroStation line styles between 0 and 7 are controlled in the plot definition
parameters in MicroStation. An OHDOT.lin file has been generated to make the default
linestyles behave similarly in AutoCAD. These linetypes are already loaded in the
template file but can be reloaded from the OHDOT.lin file found in the OhDOT install
folder.

This section also defines Plot style tables and the named plot styles defined within them.
Three tables are required: full size (weights at full weight), half size (weights definitions
cut in half), and quarter size (weights cut by a fourth). The name of each named plot
style shall remain the same across all plot style STB files.

The Color index table in MicroStation can be customized whereas the AutoCAD
standard index colors cannot be. Often the color chosen for display on the screen for
various items has meaning and the physical color between the MicroStation and
AutoCAD environments should match. The same color cannot be used for index values.
An equivalent color index (one that matches a close RGB representation of the color)
must be used. See the Plotting appendix for "Index & RGB Colors of OhDOT Table" for
details.

The layer attribute definitions in the "Layer Attributes" appendix show both a
MicroStation color and an AutoCAD color. The MicroStation settings were extracted
programmatically from the DGNLIB files in the MicroStation resources. The AutoCAD
color in this worksheet is a result of the process of equating the MicroStation colors to
the equivalent AutoCAD colors for proper display on the screen. Layers defined use the

Page 7 May 3, 2013


AutoCAD color numbers specified. The named plot styles columns is taking the weight
and whether or not the item is screened to assign the appropriate name plot style table.

Ohio DOT uses logical reference names to apply screening to entire reference files.
Users of this kit need to change the named plot style being for reference files used to
their equivalent screened name plot style of 50% (Screen50%-0.xxmm) to enable similar
behavior for screening reference files.

Plotter configuration definitions included in the State Kit are the default AutoCAD drivers
for PDF with adjustments for merge control, TIFF generation, and HPGL2 from a 750C
Plus. The Merge setting should be set to "No Merge" which allows the draw order to
control the display on the plotted page and the masking to work within various Civil 3D
styles. OhDOT has developed step by step guidelines to create electronic tiff image files
to replace conventional Mylar tracings. More info is found for the TIFF plot driver
requirements as outlined on their web site located at:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/ContractAdmin/Contracts/TIFF/Tiff_Procedure.pdf

Ohio DOT uses the MicroStation plotting capabilities to control the order of plotted
content based on criteria, regardless of the drawing order. OhDOT kit users will have to
understand that the AutoCAD draw order is the order things will plot on the printed page
when using Civil 3D.

G. Survey
OhDOT Survey code features are defined in the OhDOT survey codes file. The "Survey
Codes Alphabetically" have a complete listing of these along with the type of feature
(point/line) and whether it is included in the DTM or not (used in the surface).

All line features have been defined in the figure prefix databases file named “OhDOT
Figure Prefix DB.fdb_xdef”. Point features that require the point symbol for proper
display of the surveyed points have been setup in the Description keys named “OhDOT
Desc Keys”.

There are control codes that are not supported in GeoPAK so the use of these codes
should be restricted or made obvious so that they cannot be used. The idea is that a
survey file generated will be compatible with both GeoPAK and Civil 3D. There were
also codes that GeoPAK could use that are not compatible with Civil 3D. If a consultant
working with OhDOT receives a file containing these incompatible survey codes, the
resulting survey drawing will be inaccurate.
H. User Interface
Tool Palettes and Catalog files have been generated for OhDOT custom sub-assemblies
mimicking the OhDOT Template categories. See “B. Roadway Design” for further
details.

Four OhDOT toolbars and an OhDOT ribbon have been generated inside an OhDOT
CUIx customization file as outlined below. The idea of the toolbars and ribbon panels is
that the common items that are used on a regular basis have been rolled into the
OhDOT Common Toolbar. This can stay active/open regardless of the ribbon panel in
use. This practice speeds production so common items are always available without
having to flip between different ribbon panels.

Page 8 May 3, 2013


OhDOT Ribbon Panel

OhDOT Common OhDOT Text Styles OhDOT Tools


A. Layer Match C1R1. Set Font 70-Main Title C4R1. Design Center
B. Change To Current Layer C2R1. Set Font 70-Sub Title C4R2. Toggle Weights On
C. Layer Isolate C3R1. Set Font 70-Title C4R3. Toggle Weights Off
D. Layer Unisolate
E. Layer Freeze C1R2. Set Straight-Normal OhDOT Zoom
F. Layer Off C2R2. Set Straight-Sub Title C5R1. Pan
G. Make Objects Layer Current C3R2. Set Straight-Title C6R1. Zoom Window
H. Match Properties C5R2. Zoom In
I. Layer Properties Manager C1R3. Set Slanted-Normal C6R2. Zoom Out
J. Common Layer Control C2R3. Set Slanted-Sub Title C5R3. Zoom Window
K. Common Linetype Control C3R3. Set Slanted-Title C6R3. Zoom Previous
L. Common Dimension Control
M. UCS Control

OhDOT Common Toolbar

(See “OhDOT Common” ribbon panel above for explanation of each button)

Page 9 May 3, 2013


OhDOT Zoom Toolbar OhDOT Zoom Toolbar

A. Pan A. Set Working Folder


B. Zoom In B. Set Shortcut Project
C. Zoom Out C. Create Shortcuts
D. Zoom Extents D. Promote Shortcuts
E. Zoom Window E. Edit Shortcuts
F. Zoom Previous
E. Zoom to Point

OhDOT Tools Toolbar

A. Design Center
B. Toggle Weights On
C. Toggle Weights Off

Note that the line weight toggle does more than the typical AutoCAD weight toggle found
in the AutoCAD interface. This weight toggle turns on the use named plot styles inside
the page setups to show the proper weights in model space layouts without having to
use the weight settings. This works in conjunction with the “OhDOT_ModelWeights.stb”
file by allowing the colors of the layers to remain as they are defined and the displayed
content to show the appropriate visual weight for display purposes. The weights in the
OhDOT setup are being controlled by named plot styles vs. weights mappings in the
layer control. This operation is similar to the procedure in OhDOT MicroStation
environment.

Lisp routines have been setup in the OhDOT.mnl file for menu related operations and
functions with the OhDOT environment.

A Road catalog file is included with the Kit but not loaded in the default install. To load
this catalog file launch “Content Browser” then right click “Add catalog” browses to one
of the following folders and open the “OhDOTSubAssemblies.atc”:
“C:\ProgramData\Autodesk\C3D 2013\enu\Tool Catalogs\Road Catalog”
-or-
“C:\ProgramData\Autodesk\C3D 2014\enu\Tool Catalogs\Road Catalog”
depending on which version of Civil 3D that is to be used. Content inside this Catalog
has help files for each individual subassembly.
I. Plans Production
As outlined in the “A. Templates” section, above there are Plan Production Templates,
setup for Plan/Profile and Cross Section Sheets. The drawing file “PLPPR1
Production.dwt” has been setup for creating multiple plan and profile sheets using the

Page 10 May 3, 2013


Plan Production tools and can be used for both 20 and 50 scale plan and profile
production.

Suggested workflow:

When creating the view frames to be used for the plan and profiles sheet creation, the
sheets dialog box will be asking for the Template for the Plan and Profile Sheet: Browse
to the file location and select the “PLPPR1 Production.dwt”. There will be an option of
picking 20 or 50 scale. Select the desired scale and continue on creating the view
frames.

In the Match Lines dialog box under position, check the boxes for both the Snap stations
value and allow additional distance for repositioning (increase view overlap).
The value for view overlap will need to be set at 40’ for a 20 scale drawing and 100’ for a
50 scale drawing.

Continue on through the Creating View Frames to the end. Once the view frames have
been finished, create the plan and profile sheets. When you get to the Profile View area
of creating sheets under the align views section of that dialog box, select the align profile
and plan view at center. Finish creating the sheets.

Once the new sheets are created (in current drawing, new drawing with several views or
in individual drawings) check/edit the profile section of the drawing. In each layout tab in
the title block will need to be selected; right click and set the display mode for this title
block to the back.

Once that title block has been pushed to the back in the display order, you can select the
viewport of the profile by a grip, and move it perpendicular to the bottom line of the title
block. When this is done the stationing for the profile will appear at the bottom of the
grid.

The first profile sheet is completed. Check to make sure the plan and profile start and
end at the same stations.

Move on to the second tab or drawing. The profile view will need to be moved left one
grid for the vertical profile labels on the right to appear. Select the viewport and right
click; set the display locked to No. This will allow you to move the profile inside the
viewport by the major grid lines.

Zoom into the bottom of the profile; double click in the viewport area of the profile to
make it active. Using the move command, move the profile by selecting the bottom
endpoint of the major grid line and move it left one grid by selecting the endpoint of
major grid line to the left. Once this is done, you can double click outside the viewport to
deactivate the viewport and return to model space. Save your revision.

This will need to be done in every layout tab or drawing that was created. If the last
drawing didn’t end at the end of the profile sheet, other edits may need to be done to get
the look you want for that profile sheet.

Page 11 May 3, 2013


J. Cross sections/sheet Production

When creating cross sheets the user has the option to use two different cross section
drawing template files. The drawing file “Ohio DOT Cross Section - Volume Table.dwt”
is to be used for cutting sections/sheets when the user has already created cut and fill
volumes that will populate the OhDOT volume table provided. The drawing file “Ohio
DOT Cross Section - No Volume Table.dwt” is to be used for creating cross
sections/sheets when the user hasn’t produced cut and fill volumes for the cross
sections.

Suggested workflow:

The create cross sections/sheets work is to be done in model space. The

When the end user is ready to create cross sections/sheets: They should select Create
Multiple Views on the ribbon from the Home Tab under Section Views. This will open
the Create Multiple Sections Views - General dialog box.

The user will move through the dialog box one level at a time filling in or selecting the
items needed depending on the roadway design and the scale of the cross sections
sheets needed for the project.

On the Section Placement level in the Placement Options the end user will be asked
under Production to select a template for the cross section sheet. The user will be able
to browse to the location where the OhDOT cross section templates are stored and
select the one need for the type of cross sections for the project; with or without
volumes. The end user will also be able to select the scale to create the cross sections
at (5 or 10). The end user can then continue through the dialog box.

On the Offset Range Level the user will need to select the User specified offset range.
This will be different depending on the scale of cross sections being created. For the1” =
5’ scale cross sections the left offset will need to be -70 and the right offset will need to
be 65. These offsets are doubled if the end user is creating cross sections at a scale of
1” = 10’. The end user can then continue on through the dialog box.

There may not be a need to change any setting under the Elevation Range level. It
would be best to leave this set to automatic and let the program run. Under the Section
Display Options the user can select the various items to be shown in the cross sections.
Continue on through the dialog box to the Data Bands Level. The end user can also
select the items needed here to create the correct look of the cross sections and the
surfaces to be used for elevation callouts.

If the end user has created Quantity Takeoff for earthwork (cut & fill) you can then move
to the final level of Section View Tables. If no earthwork quantity has been created this
level is not accessible. If the end users have an earthwork quantity created, in the Type
drop down you need to select Total Volume. Under the Select table style, select Ohdot
for the table style and pick the add button. This will add the table to the list of volume
tables. The end user has some options in the area of the dialog box. None of these need
to be set for the OhDOT talbe to work.

Page 12 May 3, 2013


The end user needs to move on to placement of the volume table section of the dialog
box. If the cross sections to be created are at the scale 1” = 5’ nothing in this sections
needs to be changed. Simple hit the Create Section Views button. The dialog box will
close and the end user will be asked to select a place to set the views in the model
space of the drawing. If the scale of the cross sections being created is 1” = 10’ the Y
value in the placement of the placement of the volume table needs to set at 2. The
different scale effects the vertical placement of the volume table on the right of the cross
sections. If the creation of the cross sections is successful, you will have groups of
sections ready to place into sections sheets. If the creation of the cross sections were a
failure, the cross sections will be all in a straight line.

Now that the cross sections have been created, the end user can go to the ribbon and
select the Output tab. On the Output tab select Create Section Sheets. This will open up
a new dialog box, where the end user can select the alignment, the sample line group
and the section view group to create the cross section sheets. This box also has other
items you can select. Once all of the selections are made, select the Create Sheets
button. The cross section sheets will be created in new layouts using the cross section
sheet template selected on the Section Placement level.

If the end user chose to create cross sections/sheets with a volume template, the
volume template should show up on the right side of the sheets and match the OhDOT
cross sections sample plans for single cross sections sheets.

If the end user chose to make cross sections/sheets without volume tables and use the
template “Ohio DOT Cross Section - No Volume Table.dwt”; the end user can add the
volume table to the cross sections once the Quantity Takeoff for earthwork (cut & fill) has
been created. The end user can add this to all cross sections at one time. Each Section
Sheet layout will need to be opened and the viewport for the cross section view will need
to be moved perpendicularly over to the right side of the volume table location in the
Section Sheet layout. The volume table for each section should show up.

If for some reason the end user wants to move the volume table once it has been placed
on the section, the end user will need to select the volume table, right click and select
Edit Table Style. Once this new dialog box is open go to the display tab and turn on the
overall border. Close the dialog box. You will see the border for the table has now been
turned on. You will be able to select the border and move the table. Once the volume
tables have been move, you can select the table again, edit the table and turn the overall
border off.

II. Source Reference Material


Ohio DOT state kit was built from the following reference material found on the Ohio
DOT web site. Information for the various resources located below were extracted from
the summary section of each document/publication.

Bid Item Master List: OhDOT bid Items list in CSV format and Categories XML
generated based on the 04/25/2013 version, Spec year 2013.
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/contractAdmin/contracts/construction/forms/itemmaster.aspx

Page 13 May 3, 2013


CADD Manual: Content for state kit was extracted from sample cadd standards
document and OhDOT Sample plans. Link to the document provided here:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/CADDMapping/CADD/Pages/CADDManual.aspx

Location and Design Manual Volume 1 Roadway Design: Many manuals, policies,
guides, standards etc. have been published regarding roadway design. Most of these
have been written using wide ranges of design recommendations (minimums and
maximums) since the contents were intended to apply nationally. The purpose of this
manual is to reduce the selection of design alternatives to the most appropriate for the
State of Ohio, to document Ohio’s interpretation of various policies, and to include
design criteria which may be unique to the State of Ohio.
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/Roadway/roadwaystandards/Pages/default.aspx

Location and Design Manual Volume 2 Drainage Design: This Drainage Design
Manual has been prepared as a guide for the hydraulic design of highway drainage
facilities. Drainage is one of the essential components of roadway design. Drainage
facilities for most roadway projects account for approximately 25% of the total
construction cost of the project. This cost justifies a careful and scientific hydraulic
analysis.
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/Hydraulic/LandD/Pages/LDManual,Volume2.aspx

Location and Design Manual Volume 3 Plan Preparation Manual: Highway plans
must ultimately satisfy many needs. In addition to the obvious needs of the contractors
who build the project, plans must serve the needs of designers, project engineers and
inspectors, reviewers, and other interested parties. These plans become a part of the
construction agreement and serve as historical record. Since highway plans incorporate
the expertise of many specialty governmental units, organizations and personnel,
various reviews are necessary throughout the plan preparation process.
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/CADDMapping/volume3/Volume3/V3_Entire_100112.pdf

Hydraulic Standard Construction Drawings: Downloads of Ohio DOT’s drainage


structure standard drawings used in establishing custom structure parts are located on:
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/Hydraulic/Pages/Downloads.aspx

Pavement Engineering and Details: Many manuals, policies, guides, standards, etc.,
have been published regarding pavement design and rehabilitation. Many of these have
been written using wide ranges of design recommendations (minimums and maximums)
since the contents were intended to apply nationally. Furthermore, the Ohio Department
of Transportation’s pavement design and rehabilitation procedures have been scattered
among many different publications, poorly documented or in some cases existed only in
the minds of a select few engineers. The purpose of this manual is to bring all the
information together in one document, reduce the selection of design variables to those
most appropriate for the State of Ohio, to document Ohio’s interpretation of various
policies and to include design criteria which may be unique to Ohio. Standard Detail
drawings were also downloaded in this section for use in Sub Assembly construction.
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/Pavement/Pages/Publications.aspx
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/Roadway/roadwaystandards/Pages/StandardConstructionDrawing.aspx

Page 14 May 3, 2013


Sample Plans: The Sample Plans are not to be considered or used as a single,
coordinated plan, but as a collection of individual sheet types. In many cases, copies of
actual plan sheets have been used to develop the sheets contained below. Since
modifications may have been made to these sheets to develop an appropriate sample,
they are no longer considered an official record of the plans from which they were taken.

In cases where the information shown on the Sample Plan Sheets is in conflict with or
contradictory to the design policies or practices of the State of Ohio as contained in its
Construction and Materials Specifications, Design Manuals, CADD Standards, or
Standard Drawings, the policies or practices will supersede any Sample Plan Sheet
information.
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/CADDMapping/sample_plans/Pages/sample_plans.aspx

Survey & Mapping Specifications: These requirements and specifications have been
developed for all surveying and mapping work performed for The Ohio Department of
Transportation. This document is neither a textbook nor a substitute for knowledge,
experience, or judgment. It is intended to provide uniform procedures for surveying and
mapping to assure quality and continuity in the design and construction of the
transportation infrastructure within Ohio.
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/Engineering/CADDMapping/Pages/SurveyandMappingSpecs.aspx

TIFF Submittal Procedures: OhDOT has developed step by step guidelines to create
electronic image files as a means of replacing conventional Mylar tracings. This revision
will result in significant cost savings by eliminating the need for Mylar tracings and will
allow final electronic plans to navigate more effectively through the contract letting
process. Having a process in place to deliver electronic image files of final plans will
provide OhDOT with a viable option to electronically archive final plans.
Web Link on OhDOT site:
http://www.dot.state.oh.us/Divisions/ContractAdmin/Contracts/Pages/TIFF.aspx

Page 15 May 3, 2013


OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
0_Match_Line_Mask 9 Continuous NoPlot Match Line Mask
0_Mview 7 Continuous NoPlot Viewport Layer
0_Surface_Temp 30 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Surface Layer Temp
0_Tblk 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Title Block Xref Layer
0_View_Frame_Border 7 Continuous NoPlot View Frame Border
0_View_Frame_Border_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm View Frame Border Text

AP_X_Lights 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Airport Marker Lights and Cells - Existing 3 0 0

AP_X_Markings 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Airport Pavement Markings - Existing 0 0 0


Airport Miscellaneous Features -
AP_X_Misc 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 0 0 0
Existing
AP_X_Runway 61 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Airport Runway or Taxiway - Existing 16 5 0
AP_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Airport Text - Existing 0 0 0
BD_P_Building 4 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Any type of Building - Proposed 7 0 1
BD_P_Model 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Building Model - Proposed
BD_P_Site 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Building Site - Proposed
BD_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Building Text - Proposed 0 0 1
BD_X_Building 231 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Any type of Building - Existing 13 0 0
BD_X_Canopy 2 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Any type of Canopy/Awning - Existing 4 2 0
BD_X_Porch_or_Deck 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Porch or Deck - Existing 0 0 0
BD_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Building Text - Existing 0 0 0
BR_P_Beam_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Beam Centerline - Proposed 4 bcenterline 0
BR_P_Beam_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm Beam Construction Joint - Proposed 1 bconstruction 1
BR_P_Beam_Hidden 7 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm Beam Hidden Line - Proposed 0 bhiddenpr 1
BR_P_Beam_Object 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Beam Object Line - Proposed 0 0 2
Beam Reinforcing (rebar, pre-stress) -
BR_P_Beam_Reinforcing 30 brebarpr Mono-0.35mm 6 brebarpr 1
Proposed
Beam Steel Details (shear studs,
BR_P_Beam_Stl_Det 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 3 0 1
connections, etc.) - Proposed
BR_P_Beam_Stl_Det_Hidden 1 bhiddenpr Mono-0.15mm Beam Steel Details Hidden - Proposed 3 bhiddenpr 0

BR_P_Beam_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Beam Text and Dimensions - Proposed 0 0 1


BR_P_Brg_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Bearing Centerline - Proposed 4 bcenterline 0

Layer Attributes
Page 1 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

BR_P_Brg_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm Bearing Construction Joint - Proposed 1 bconstruction 1


BR_P_Brg_Pad_Hidden 4 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm Bearing Pad Hidden - Proposed 7 bhiddenpr 1
BR_P_Brg_Pad_Object 4 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Bearing Pad Object - Proposed 7 0 2
Bearing Steel Details (load plate, post,
BR_P_Brg_Stl_Det 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 3 0 1
etc.) - Proposed
BR_P_Brg_Stl_Det_Hidden 1 bhiddenpr Mono-0.15mm Bearing Steel Details Hidden - Proposed 3 bhiddenpr 0

BR_P_Brg_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Bearing Text and Dimensions - Proposed 0 0 1


Centerline Details not covered by the
BR_P_Det_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.35mm 4 bcenterline 1
other Bridge Levels - Proposed
Construction Joint Details not covered
BR_P_Det_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm 1 bconstruction 1
by the other Bridge Levels - Proposed
Hidden Details not covered by the other
BR_P_Det_Hidden 3 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm 2 bhiddenpr 1
Bridge Levels - Proposed
Object Details not covered by the other
BR_P_Det_Object 3 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 2 0 2
Bridge Levels - Proposed
Text Details not covered by the other
BR_P_Det_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Bridge Levels - Proposed
BR_P_Dia_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Diaphragm Centerline - Proposed 4 bcenterline 0
Diaphragm Construction Joint -
BR_P_Dia_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm 1 bconstruction 1
Proposed
BR_P_Dia_Hidden 2 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm Diaphragm Hidden Line - Proposed 4 bhiddenpr 1
BR_P_Dia_Object 2 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Diaphragm Object Line - Proposed 4 0 2
BR_P_Dia_Reinforcing 30 brebarpr Mono-0.35mm Diaphragm Reinforcing - Proposed 6 brebarpr 1
Diaphragm Steel Details (connections,
BR_P_Dia_Stl_Det 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 3 0 1
plates, etc.) - Proposed
Diaphragm Steel Details Hidden -
BR_P_Dia_Stl_Det_Hidden 1 bhiddenpr Mono-0.15mm 3 bhiddenpr 0
Proposed
Diaphragm Text and Dimensions -
BR_P_Dia_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
BR_P_Drain_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.35mm Bridge Drainage Centerline - Proposed 4 bcenterline 1
BR_P_Drain_Hidden 4 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm Bridge Drainage Hidden - Proposed 7 bhiddenpr 1
BR_P_Drain_Object 4 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Bridge Drainage Object - Proposed 7 0 2

Layer Attributes
Page 2 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
BR_P_Drain_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Bridge Drainage Text - Proposed 0 0 1
General Bridge Approach Slab -
BR_P_Gen_Approach_Slab 30 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 6 0 2
Proposed
General Bridge Approach Slab-Hidden -
BR_P_Gen_Approach_Slab_Hidden 30 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm 6 bhiddenpr 1
Proposed
Centerline of Lane, CL Roadway in
BR_P_Gen_Centerline 7 bcenterline Mono-0.35mm 0 bcenterline 1
elevations - Proposed
BR_P_Gen_CL_Chord 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Centerline Chord - Proposed 3 0 1
BR_P_Gen_Ground_Slope 252 Continuous Mono-0.35mm General Bridge Ground Slope - Proposed 40 0 1

General Bridge Hatching (architectural


BR_P_Gen_Hatch 253 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 42 0 0
patterns, etc.) - Proposed
General Bridge Joint Filler (PEJF, etc.) -
BR_P_Gen_Joint_Filler 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 4 0 0
Proposed
General Bridge NonPerforated Pipe -
BR_P_Gen_NonPerf_Pipe 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 4 0 0
Proposed
General Bridge Perforated Pipe -
BR_P_Gen_Perforated_Pipe 4 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 7 0 0
Proposed
BR_P_Gen_Phase_Construction 30 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm Phase Construction Line - Proposed 6 bconstruction 1
General Bridge Porous Backfill -
BR_P_Gen_Porous_Backfill 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 2 0 0
Proposed
BR_P_Gen_Profile_Grade 4 bcenterline Mono-0.35mm Profile Grade - Proposed 7 bcenterline 1
BR_P_Gen_Sheet_Piling 30 Continuous Mono-0.15mm General Bridge Sheet Piling - Proposed 6 0 0
General Bridge Slope Protection -
BR_P_Gen_Slope_Protection 252 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 40 0 2
Proposed
General Bridge Text and Dimensions -
BR_P_Gen_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
General Bridge Utilities (Utilities on the
BR_P_Gen_Utilities 203 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 12 0 1
Bridge) - Proposed
General Bridge Utilities Hidden -
BR_P_Gen_Utilities_Hidden 230 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm 8 bhiddenpr 1
Proposed
General Bridge Water Elevation -
BR_P_Gen_Water_Elevation 120 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 10 0 1
Proposed
General Bridge Waterproofing
BR_P_Gen_Waterproofing 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm (Neoprene sheeting, sealing, etc.) - 4 0 1
Proposed

Layer Attributes
Page 3 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Pre-Stressing Centerline Details for
BR_P_Prestress_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.35mm either Pre-Tensioning or Post Tensioning 4 bcenterline 1
- Proposed
Pre-Stressing Details for either Pre-
BR_P_Prestress_Det 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Tensioning or Post Tensioning - 3 0 1
Proposed
Pre-Stressing Hidden Details for either
BR_P_Prestress_Det_Hidden 1 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm Pre-Tensioning or Post Tensioning - 3 bhiddenpr 1
Proposed
Pre-Stressing Hidden Details for either
BR_P_Prestress_Hidden 3 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm Pre-Tensioning or Post Tensioning - 2 bhiddenpr 1
Proposed
Pre-Stressing Object Details for either
BR_P_Prestress_Object 3 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Pre-Tensioning or Post Tensioning - 2 0 2
Proposed
Pre-Stressing Text Details for either Pre-
BR_P_Prestress_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Tensioning or Post Tensioning - 0 0 1
Proposed
BR_P_Rail_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Rail Centerline - Proposed 4 bcenterline 0
BR_P_Rail_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm Rail Construction Joint - Proposed 1 bconstruction 1
BR_P_Rail_Hidden 230 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm Rail Hidden Line - Proposed 8 bhiddenpr 1
Rail Object Line-(Railing, Sidewalk) -
BR_P_Rail_Object 230 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 8 0 2
Proposed
BR_P_Rail_Reinforcing 30 brebarpr Mono-0.35mm Rail Reinforcing - Proposed 6 brebarpr 1
Rail Steel Details (connections, etc.) -
BR_P_Rail_Stl_Det 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 3 0 1
Proposed
BR_P_Rail_Stl_Det_Hidden 1 bhiddenpr Mono-0.15mm Rail Steel Details Hidden - Proposed 3 bhiddenpr 0
BR_P_Rail_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Rail Text and Dimensions - Proposed 0 0 1
BR_P_Slab_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Slab Centerline - Proposed 4 bcenterline 0
BR_P_Slab_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm Slab Construction Joint - Proposed 1 bconstruction 1
BR_P_Slab_Hidden 3 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm Slab Hidden Line - Proposed 2 bhiddenpr 1
BR_P_Slab_Object 3 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Slab Object Line - Proposed 2 0 2
Slab Reinforcing (rebar, pre-stress ) -
BR_P_Slab_Reinforcing 30 brebarpr Mono-0.35mm 6 brebarpr 1
Proposed
Slab Steel Details (anchor plates, etc.) -
BR_P_Slab_Stl_Det 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 3 0 1
Proposed

Layer Attributes
Page 4 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

BR_P_Slab_Stl_Det_Hidden 1 bhiddenpr Mono-0.15mm Slab Steel Details Hidden - Proposed 3 bhiddenpr 0

BR_P_Slab_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Slab Text and Dimensions - Proposed 0 0 1


BR_P_Sub_Backwall 245 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Substructure Backwall - Proposed 24 0 2
BR_P_Sub_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Substructure Centerline - Proposed 4 bcenterline 0
Substructure Construction Joint -
BR_P_Sub_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm 1 bconstruction 1
Proposed
Substructure Deep Foundation
BR_P_Sub_Deep_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm 4 bcenterline 0
Centerline - Proposed
Substructure Deep Foundation
BR_P_Sub_Deep_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm 1 bconstruction 1
Construction Joint - Proposed
Substructure Deep Foundation Hidden
BR_P_Sub_Deep_Hidden 4 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm 7 bhiddenpr 1
(H-Piles, Drilled Shafts, etc.) - Proposed

Substructure Deep Foundation Object (H-


BR_P_Sub_Deep_Object 4 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 7 0 2
Piles, Drilled Shafts, etc.) - Proposed
Substructure Deep Foundation
BR_P_Sub_Deep_Reinforcing 30 brebarpr Mono-0.35mm 6 brebarpr 1
Reinforcing - Proposed
Substructure Deep Foundation Text and
BR_P_Sub_Deep_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Dimensions - Proposed
Substructure Footing Centerline -
BR_P_Sub_Foot_Centerline 2 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm 4 bcenterline 0
Proposed
Substructure Footing Construction Joint -
BR_P_Sub_Foot_Const_Joint 5 bconstruction Mono-0.35mm 1 bconstruction 1
Proposed
Substructure Footing Hidden
BR_P_Sub_Foot_Hidden 7 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm 0 bhiddenpr 1
(Spreadfooting, Pile cap, etc) - Proposed

Substructure Footing Object


BR_P_Sub_Foot_Object 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 0 0 2
(Spreadfooting, Pile cap, etc) - Proposed
Substructure Footing Reinforcing -
BR_P_Sub_Foot_Reinforcing 30 brebarpr Mono-0.35mm 6 brebarpr 1
Proposed
Substructure Footing Text and
BR_P_Sub_Foot_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Dimensions - Proposed
Substructure Hidden (Abutment, Pier,
BR_P_Sub_Hidden 1 bhiddenpr Mono-0.35mm 3 bhiddenpr 1
Retaining wall) - Proposed

Layer Attributes
Page 5 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Substructure Object (Abutment, Pier,
BR_P_Sub_Object 1 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 3 0 2
Retaining wall) - Proposed
BR_P_Sub_Reinforcing 30 brebarpr Mono-0.35mm Substructure Reinforcing - Proposed 6 brebarpr 1
Substructure Text and Dimensions -
BR_P_Sub_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
BR_X_Beam_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Beam Centerline - Existing 5 bcenterline 0
BR_X_Beam_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm Beam Construction Joint - Existing 5 bconstruction 0
BR_X_Beam_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Beam Hidden Line - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Beam_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm Beam Object Line - Existing 5 bexisting 1
Beam Reinforcing (rebar, pre-stress) -
BR_X_Beam_Reinforcing 6 brebarex Mono-0.15mm 5 brebarex 0
Existing
Beam Steel Details (shear studs,
BR_X_Beam_Stl_Det 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
connections, etc.) - Existing
BR_X_Beam_Stl_Det_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Beam Steel Details Hidden - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Beam_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Beam Text and Dimensions - Existing 0 0 1
BR_X_Brg_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Bearing Centerline - Existing 5 bcenterline 0
BR_X_Brg_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm Bearing Construction Joint - Existing 5 bconstruction 0
BR_X_Brg_Pad_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Bearing Pad Hidden - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Brg_Pad_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm Bearing Pad Object - Existing 5 bexisting 1
Bearing Steel Details (load plate, post,
BR_X_Brg_Stl_Det 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
etc.) - Existing
BR_X_Brg_Stl_Det_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Bearing Steel Details Hidden - Existing 5 bexisting 0

BR_X_Brg_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Bearing Text and Dimensions - Existing 0 0 1


Centerline Details not covered by the
BR_X_Det_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm 5 bcenterline 0
other Bridge Levels - Existing
Construction Joint Details not covered
BR_X_Det_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm 5 bconstruction 0
by the other Bridge Levels - Existing
Hidden Details not covered by the other
BR_X_Det_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
Bridge Levels - Existing
Object Details not covered by the other
BR_X_Det_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm 5 bexisting 1
Bridge Levels - Existing
Text Details not covered by the other
BR_X_Det_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Bridge Levels - Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 6 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
BR_X_Dia_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Diaphragm Centerline - Existing 5 bcenterline 0
BR_X_Dia_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm Diaphragm Construction Joint - Existing 5 bconstruction 0
BR_X_Dia_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Diaphragm Hidden Line - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Dia_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm Diaphragm Object Line - Existing 5 bexisting 1
BR_X_Dia_Reinforcing 6 brebarex Mono-0.15mm Diaphragm Reinforcing - Existing 5 brebarex 0
Diaphragm Steel Details (connections,
BR_X_Dia_Stl_Det 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
plates, etc.) - Existing
Diaphragm Steel Details Hidden -
BR_X_Dia_Stl_Det_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
Existing
Diaphragm Text and Dimensions -
BR_X_Dia_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Existing
BR_X_Drain_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Bridge Drainage Centerline - Existing 5 bcenterline 0
BR_X_Drain_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Bridge Drainage Hidden - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Drain_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Bridge Drainage Object - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Drain_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Bridge Drainage Text - Existing 0 0 1
BR_X_Gen_Approach_Slab 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm General Bridge Approach Slab - Existing 5 bexisting 1
General Bridge Approach Slab-Hidden -
BR_X_Gen_Approach_Slab_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
Existing
BR_X_Gen_Ground_Slope 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm General Bridge Ground Slope - Existing 5 bexisting 0

General Bridge Hatching (architectural


BR_X_Gen_Hatch 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
patterns, etc.) - Existing
General Bridge Joint Filler (PEJF, etc.) -
BR_X_Gen_Joint_Filler 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
Existing
General Bridge NonPerforated Pipe -
BR_X_Gen_NonPerf_Pipe 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
Existing
BR_X_Gen_Perforated_Pipe 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm General Bridge Perforated Pipe - Existing 5 bexisting 0

BR_X_Gen_Porous_Backfill 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm General Bridge Porous Backfill - Existing 5 bexisting 0

BR_X_Gen_Sheet_Piling 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm General Bridge Sheet Piling - Existing 5 bexisting 0


General Bridge Slope Protection -
BR_X_Gen_Slope_Protection 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm 5 bexisting 1
Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 7 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
General Bridge Text and Dimensions -
BR_X_Gen_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Existing
General Bridge Utilities (Utilities on the
BR_X_Gen_Utilities 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
Bridge) - Existing
BR_X_Gen_Utilities_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm General Bridge Utilities Hidden - Existing 5 bexisting 0

BR_X_Gen_Water_Elevation 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm General Bridge Water Elevation - Existing 5 bexisting 0


General Bridge Waterproofing
BR_X_Gen_Waterproofing 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm (Neoprene sheeting, sealing, etc.) - 5 bexisting 0
Existing
Pre-Stressing Centerline Details for
BR_X_Prestress_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm either Pre-Tensioning or Post Tensioning 5 bcenterline 0
- Existing
Pre-Stressing Details for either Pre-
BR_X_Prestress_Det 6 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 5 0 0
Tensioning or Post Tensioning - Existing
Pre-Stressing Hidden Details for either
BR_X_Prestress_Det_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Pre-Tensioning or Post Tensioning - 5 bexisting 0
Existing
Pre-Stressing Hidden Details for either
BR_X_Prestress_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Pre-Tensioning or Post Tensioning - 5 bexisting 0
Existing
Pre-Stressing Object Details for either
BR_X_Prestress_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm Pre-Tensioning or Post Tensioning - 5 bexisting 1
Existing
Pre-Stressing Text Details for either Pre-
BR_X_Prestress_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Tensioning or Post Tensioning - Existing
BR_X_Rail_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Rail Centerline - Existing 5 bcenterline 0
BR_X_Rail_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm Rail Construction Joint - Existing 5 bconstruction 0
BR_X_Rail_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Rail Hidden Line - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Rail_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm Rail Object Line - Existing 5 bexisting 1
BR_X_Rail_Reinforcing 6 brebarex Mono-0.15mm Rail Reinforcing - Existing 5 brebarex 0
Rail Steel Details (connections, etc.) -
BR_X_Rail_Stl_Det 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
Existing
BR_X_Rail_Stl_Det_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Rail Steel Details Hidden - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Rail_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Rail Text and Dimensions - Existing 0 0 1

Layer Attributes
Page 8 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
BR_X_Slab_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Slab Centerline - Existing 5 bcenterline 0
BR_X_Slab_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm Slab Construction Joint - Existing 5 bconstruction 0
BR_X_Slab_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Slab Hidden Line - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Slab_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm Slab Object Line - Existing 5 bexisting 1
Slab Reinforcing (rebar, pre-stress) -
BR_X_Slab_Reinforcing 6 brebarex Mono-0.15mm 5 brebarex 0
Existing
Slab Steel Details (anchor plates, etc.) -
BR_X_Slab_Stl_Det 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
Existing
BR_X_Slab_Stl_Det_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm Slab Steel Details Hidden - Existing 5 bexisting 0
BR_X_Slab_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Slab Text and Dimensions - Existing 0 0 1
BR_X_Sub_Backwall 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm Substructure Back Wall - Existing 5 bexisting 1
BR_X_Sub_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm Substructure Centerline - Existing 5 bcenterline 0
Substructure Construction Joint -
BR_X_Sub_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm 5 bconstruction 0
Existing
Substructure Deep Foundation
BR_X_Sub_Deep_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm 5 bcenterline 0
Centerline - Existing
Substructure Deep Foundation
BR_X_Sub_Deep_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm 5 bconstruction 0
Construction Joint - Existing
Substructure Deep Foundation Hidden
BR_X_Sub_Deep_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
(H-Piles, Drilled Shaft, etc.) - Existing

Substructure Deep Foundation Object (H-


BR_X_Sub_Deep_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm 5 bexisting 1
Piles, Drilled Shaft, etc.) - Existing
Substructure Deep Foundation
BR_X_Sub_Deep_Reinforcing 6 brebarex Mono-0.15mm 5 brebarex 0
Reinforcing - Existing
Substructure Deep Foundation Text and
BR_X_Sub_Deep_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Dimensions - Existing
Substructure Footing Centerline -
BR_X_Sub_Foot_Centerline 6 bcenterline Mono-0.15mm 5 bcenterline 0
Existing
Substructure Footing Construction Joint -
BR_X_Sub_Foot_Const_Joint 6 bconstruction Mono-0.15mm 5 bconstruction 0
Existing
Substructure Footing Hidden
BR_X_Sub_Foot_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
(Spreadfooting, Pile cap, etc) - Existing

Substructure Footing Object


BR_X_Sub_Foot_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm 5 bexisting 1
(Spreadfooting, Pile cap, etc) - Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 9 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Substructure Footing Reinforcing -
BR_X_Sub_Foot_Reinforcing 6 brebarex Mono-0.15mm 5 brebarex 0
Existing
Substructure Footing Text and
BR_X_Sub_Foot_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Dimensions - Existing
Substructure Hidden (Abutment, Pier,
BR_X_Sub_Hidden 6 bexisting Mono-0.15mm 5 bexisting 0
retaining wall) - Existing
Substructure Object (Abutment, Pier,
BR_X_Sub_Object 6 bexisting Mono-0.35mm 5 bexisting 1
retaining wall) - Existing
BR_X_Sub_Reinforcing 6 brebarex Mono-0.15mm Substructure Reinforcing - Existing 5 brebarex 0
Substructure Text and Dimensions -
BR_X_Sub_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Existing
Bridge Abutment Face and Wingwall (as
BR_X_SV_Abut 230 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm 8 3 0
Surveyed or Aerial Mapping) - Existing
Bridge Abutment Face and Wingwall
BR_X_SV_Abut_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 0 0 0
Text - Exsting
Beam Seat Elevation (as Surveyed) -
BR_X_SV_Beam_Seat 230 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 8 0 0
Existing
BR_X_SV_Bottom_of_Beam 230 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Bottom of Beam (as Surveyed) - Existing 8 3 0
BR_X_SV_Bottom_of_Beam_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Bottom of Beam Text - Existing 0 0 0
Bottom of Bridge Deck (as Surveyed) -
BR_X_SV_Deck_Floor 230 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm 8 3 0
Existing
BR_X_SV_Deck_Floor_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Bottom of Bridge Deck Text - Existing 0 0 0
Top of Bridge Deck (as Surveyed) -
BR_X_SV_Deck_Top 230 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm 8 3 0
Existing
BR_X_SV_Deck_Top_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Top of Bridge Deck Text - Existing 0 0 0
BR_X_SV_Pier 230 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Perimeter of Pier (as Surveyed) - Existing 8 3 0

BR_X_SV_Pier_Cap_Bottom 230 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Pier Cap Bottom (as Surveyed) - Existing 8 3 0
BR_X_SV_Pier_Cap_Bottom_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Pier Cap Bottom Text - Existing 0 0 0
BR_X_SV_Pier_Cap_Top 230 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Pier Cap Top (as Surveyed) - Existing 8 3 0
BR_X_SV_Pier_Cap_Top_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Pier Cap Top Text - Existing 0 0 0
BR_X_SV_Pier_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Perimeter of Pier Text - Existing 0 0 0
Top of Bridge Rail (as Surveyed) -
BR_X_SV_Rail 230 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm 8 3 0
Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 10 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
BR_X_SV_Rail_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Top of Bridge Rail Text - Existing 0 0 0
CM_P_Barrier 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Barrier - Proposed 44 0 1
CM_P_Bikeway 252 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Bikeway - Proposed 40 0 1
CM_P_Boundary 6 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Boundry - Proposed
CM_P_Curb 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Curb - Proposed 44 0 1
CM_P_Curb_Barrier 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Barrier Curb - Proposed 44 0 1
CM_P_Curb_Gutter 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Curb abd Gutter - Proposed 44 0 1
CM_P_Ditch_Bottom 150 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Ditch Bottom - Proposed 171 0 2
CM_P_Feature_Lines 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Point Control Lines 0 0 0
CM_P_Finished_Grade 3 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Finished Grade - Proposed 2 0 2
CM_P_Finished_Grade_Seeded 3 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Finished Grade Seeded - Proposed 2 0 2
CM-P-Ground_Cut 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Ground Cut - Proposed
CM-P-Ground_Fill 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Ground Fill - Proposed
CM_P_Pavt_Base1 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Base Course 1 - Proposed 3 0 1
CM_P_Pavt_Base2 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Base Course 2 - Proposed 3 0 1
CM_P_Pavt_Base3 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Base Course 3 - Proposed 3 0 1
Pavement Intermediate Course 1 -
CM_P_Pavt_Intermediate1 5 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 1 0 1
Proposed
Pavement Intermediate Course 2 -
CM_P_Pavt_Intermediate2 5 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 1 0 1
Proposed
CM_P_Pavt_Leveling 6 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Leveling Course - Proposed 5 0 1
CM_P_Pavt_Overlay 9 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Overlay - Proposed 43 0 1
CM_P_Pavt_Planing 30 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Planing - Proposed 6 0 1
CM_P_Pavt_Surface 253 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Surface Course - Proposed 41 0 1
CM_P_Shoulder_Base1 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Shoulder Base Course 1 - Proposed 3 0 1
CM_P_Shoulder_Base2 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Shoulder Base Course 2 - Proposed 3 0 1
CM_P_Shoulder_Base3 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Shoulder Base Course 3 - Proposed 3 0 1
Shoulder Intermediate Course 1 -
CM_P_Shoulder_Intermediate1 5 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 1 0 1
Proposed
Shoulder Intermediate Course 2 -
CM_P_Shoulder_Intermediate2 5 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 1 0 1
Proposed
CM_P_Shoulder_Surface 9 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Shoulder Surface Course - Proposed 43 0 1
CM_P_Sidewalk 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Sidewalk - Proposed 44 0 1
CM_P_Subgrade 4 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Subgrade - Proposed 7 0 2
CM_P_Wall 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Wall - Proposed 44 0 1
CM_X_Curb 254 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Curb - Existing 44 0 0

Layer Attributes
Page 11 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
CM_X_Curb_Barrier 254 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Barrier Curb - Existing 44 0 0
CM_X_Curb_Gutter 254 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Curb and Gutter - Existing 44 0 0
CM_X_Feature_Lines 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Point Control Lines - Existing 0 0 0
CM_X_Pavt_Asphalt 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Pavement, Asphalt - Existing 0 0 0
CM_X_Pavt_Concrete 251 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Pavement, Concrete - Existing 36 0 0
CM_X_Sidewalk 254 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Sidewalk - Existing 44 0 0
CM_X_Wall 254 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Wall - Existing 44 0 0
CR_P 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Corridor
CR_P_Assembly 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Corridor Assembly
CR_P_Region 5 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Corridor Region
CR_P_Subassemly 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Corridor Subassembly
DR_P_Asphalt_Batch_Plant 151 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Asphalt Batch Plant - Proposed 17 0 2
Drainage Cells: CB, MH, Inlet, etc… -
DR_P_Cells 151 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 17 0 0
Proposed
Culvert (Multiple Linestlyes Available) -
DR_P_Culvert 4 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 7 0 1
Proposed
DR_P_Dike 151 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Dike - Proposed 17 0 1
DR_P_Ditch 133 stream Mono-0.35mm Ditch Line - Proposed 11 stream 1
DR_P_Drainage_Area 203 Continuous Mono-1.40mm Drainage Area Outline - Proposed 12 0 5
DR_P_Drive_Pipe 151 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Drive Pipe - Proposed 17 0 1
Rip Rap/Rock Channel Protection -
DR_P_Erosion_Control 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
DR_P_Filter_Fabric_Fence 151 fenceex Mono-0.15mm Filter Fabric Fence - Proposed 17 fenceex 0
DR_P_Flood_Boundary 150 OhDOT_USTN6 Mono-0.35mm Flood Boundary - Proposed 171 6 1
DR_P_Floodway 140 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Floodway - Proposed 169 0 2
Drainage Flow Arrow Symbols -
DR_P_Flow_Arrow 151 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 17 0 1
Proposed
DR_P_Headwall 120 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Drainage Headwalls - Proposed 10 0 1
DR_P_Inlet_Protection 223 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Inlet protection - Proposed 21 0 1
DR_P_Land_Use 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Land Use - Proposed 4 0 1
DR_P_Paved_Gutter 133 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Paved Gutter - Proposed 11 0 1
DR_P_Sediment_Basin 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Sediment Basin - Proposed 28 0 1
DR_P_Staging_Area 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Contractor Staging Area - Proposed 0 0 1
Storm Sewer Line (Multiple Linestyles
DR_P_Storm_Sewer 151 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 17 0 1
Available) - Proposed
DR_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Drainage Text - Proposed 0 0 1
DR_P_Trench_Drain 151 trenchpr Mono-0.15mm Trench Drain - Proposed 17 trenchpr 0
DR_P_Underdrain 6 underdrainpr Mono-0.35mm Underdrain - Proposed 5 underdrainpr 1

Layer Attributes
Page 12 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Drainage Cells: CB, MH, Inlet, etc… -
DR_X_Cells 151 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm 17 2 0
Existing
DR_X_Culvert 4 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Culvert - Existing 7 1 0
DR_X_Ditch 133 stream Mono-0.15mm Ditch Line - Existing 11 stream 0
DR_X_Drainage_Area 161 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Drainage Area Outline - Existing 23 0 1
DR_X_Drive_Pipe 151 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Drive Pipe - Existing 17 5 0
DR_X_Elev_Flow 151 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Flow elevation from Survey - Existing 17 0 0

DR_X_Elev_Inlet 151 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Inlet elevation from Survey - Existing 17 0 0


Rip Rap/Rock Channel Protection -
DR_X_Erosion_Control 7 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm 0 1 0
Existing
DR_X_Flood_Boundary 140 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.35mm Flood Boundary - Existing 170 5 1
DR_X_Floodway 4 OhDOT_USTN7 Mono-0.15mm Floodway - Existing 167 7 0
DR_X_Flow_Arrow 151 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Drainage Flow Arrow Symbols - Existing 17 0 0
DR_X_Headwall 120 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Drainage Headwalls - Existing 10 1 0
DR_X_Paved_Gutter 133 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Paved Gutter - Existing 11 2 0
DR_X_Storm_Sewer 151 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Storm Sewer Line - Existing 17 5 0
DR_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Drainage Text - Existing 0 0 0
DR_X_Trench_Drain 6 trenchex Mono-0.15mm Trench Drain - Existing 5 trenchex 0
DR_X_Underdrain 5 underdrainex Mono-0.15mm Underdrain - Existing 1 underdrainex 0
DT_Center_Marker 1 Continuous NoPlot Grading Center Marker - Proposed
DT_Daylight_Line 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Grading Daylight Line - Proposed
DT_Feature_Line 4 Continuous NoPlot Grading Daylight Line - Proposed
DT_Internal_Edge 6 Continuous NoPlot Grading Internal Edge - Proposed
DT_P_Boundary 4 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Catchment Boundary - Proposed
DT_P_Break_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Break Line - Proposed 0 0 0
DT_P_Contour_Major 30 Continuous Mono-0.90mm Major Contour Line - Proposed 6 0 3
DT_P_Contour_Minor 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Minor Contour Line - Proposed 4 0 1
DT_P_Directions 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Arrow Directions - Proposed
DT_P_Flow-Pattern 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Catchment Flow Pattern - Proposed
DT_P_Graded_Shoulder 95 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Graded Shoulder Line - Proposed 9 0 1
DT_P_Lattice 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Lattice - Proposed 0 0 0
DT_P_Slope_Break_Line 2 slopebreakpr Mono-0.35mm Slope Break Line - Proposed 4 slopebreakpr 1
DT_P_Spot_Elevations 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Spot Elevations - Proposed 0 0 0
DT_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text - Proposed
DT_P_Tie 94 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Proposed to Existing Tie Line 68 0 0

Layer Attributes
Page 13 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
DT_P_TIN_Hull 5 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Tin Hull - Proposed 1 0 2
DT_P_Tin_Surface 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Tin Surface - Proposed
DT_P_Tin_Surface_Text 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Tin Surface - Labels
DT_P_Triangles 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Triangles - Proposed 2 0 0
DT_P_User_Contour 14 Continuous Mono-0.15mm User Contours - Proposed
DT_P_User_Label 14 Continuous Mono-0.15mm User Lable - Proposed
DT_P_Void 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Void Area - Proposed 0 0 0
DT_Projection_Line 3 Continuous NoPlot Grading Projection Line - Proposed
DT_Slope_Pattern 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Grading Slope Patteren - Proposed
DT_Solid_Shading 9 Continuous Screen50%-1.15mm Grading Solid Shading - Proposed
DT_X_Break_Line 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Break Line - Existing 4 0 0
DT_X_Contour_Major 132 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.65mm Major Contour Line - Existing 133 3 2
DT_X_Contour_Minor 136 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Minor Contour Line - Existing 131 3 0
DT_X_Directions 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Arrow Directions - Existing
DT_X_Graded_Shoulder 95 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Graded Shoulder Line - Existing 9 3 0
DT_X_Grid 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Grid - Existing
DT_X_Island 133 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Island Area - Existing 11 0 0
DT_X_Lattice 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Lattice - Existing 0 0 0
DT_X_Slope_Break_Line 7 slopebreakex Mono-0.15mm Slope Break Line - Existing 0 slopebreakex 0
DT_X_Spot_Elev 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Spot Elevations - Existing 0 0 0
DT_X_TIN_Hull 5 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Tin Hull - Existing 1 0 0
DT_X_Triangles 94 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Triangles - Existing 68 0 0
DT_X_User_Contour 134 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm User Contour Line - Existing
DT_X_User_Label 134 Continuous Mono-0.15mm User Lable - Existing
DT_X_Void 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Void Area - Existing 0 0 0
DT_X_Watersheds 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Watershed - Existing
DV_X_Corp_Line 7 corp Mono-0.15mm Corporation Line - Existing 0 corp 0
DV_X_County_Line 4 county Mono-0.65mm County Line - Existing 7 county 2
DV_X_Lot_Line 2 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Lot Line - Existing 4 3 0
Property Lines and Marker Cells -
DV_X_Property_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 0 0 0
Existing
DV_X_Section_VMS_Line 6 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Section lines and Cells - Existing 5 2 0
DV_X_Setback 133 setbackex Mono-0.35mm Building Set Back Line - Existing 11 setbackex 1
DV_X_State_Line 1 state Mono-0.90mm State line - Existing 3 state 3
DV_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Divisions Text - Existing 0 0 0
DV_X_Township_Line 3 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.35mm Township Line - Existing 2 3 1
EV_Ecological_RTE_Species 20 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Rare, threatened or Endangered Species 192 0 1

Layer Attributes
Page 14 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
EV_Ecological_Special_Interest 20 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Environmental Special Interest 192 0 1
Regulated streams not readily
EV_Ecological_Streams 161 OhDOT_USTN6 Mono-0.35mm 23 6 1
distinguished
EV_Ecological_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Ecological Text 0 0 1
EV_Ecological_Wetlands 161 stream Mono-0.35mm Wetland Boundaries 23 stream 1
EV_HazMat_Plume 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Contamination Plume 3 0 1
EV_HazMat_Site_Known 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Known HazMat Site 4 0 1
EV_HazMat_Site_Potential 5 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Potential HazMat Site 176 0 1
EV_HazMat_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm HazMat Text 0 0 1
EV_Historical_Districts 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Historic Districts 19 0 1
EV_Historical_Landmarks 42 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Historic Landmarks 30 0 1
EV_Historical_Sites 21 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Historic Individual Sites or Buildings 22 0 1
EV_Historical_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Historic Text 0 0 1
EV_Noise_Individual_Sites 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Individual Noise Sensitive Sites 143 0 1
EV_Noise_Residential 131 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Residential Noise Sensitive Areas 141 0 1
EV_Noise_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Noise Text 0 0 1
GE_P_Cells 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Geometry Cells - Proposed 3 0 1
GE_P_CL_10 7 cl10 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 10 scale - Proposed 0 cl10 1
GE_P_CL_100 7 cl100 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 100 scale - Proposed 0 cl100 1
GE_P_CL_1000 7 cl1000 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 1000 scale - Proposed 0 cl1000 1
GE_P_CL_20 7 cl20 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 20 scale - Proposed 0 cl20 1
GE_P_CL_200 7 cl200 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 200 scale - Proposed 0 cl200 1
GE_P_CL_2000 7 cl2000 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 2000 scale - Proposed 0 cl2000 1
GE_P_CL_5 7 cl5 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 5 scale - Proposed 0 cl5 1
GE_P_CL_50 7 cl50 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 50 scale - Proposed 0 cl50 1
GE_P_CL_500 7 cl500 Mono-0.35mm Centerline, 500 scale - Proposed 0 cl500 1
GE_P_CL_Text 1 Continuous Mono-035mm Centerline, Label Text - Proposed
GE_P_Driveway_CL 7 OhDOT_USTN7 Mono-0.35mm Centerline for Driveways - Proposed 0 7 1
GE_X_Cells 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Geometry Cells - Existing 4 0 0
GE_X_CL_10 7 cl10 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 10 scale - Existing 0 cl10 0
GE_X_CL_100 7 cl100 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 100 scale - Existing 0 cl100 0
GE_X_CL_1000 7 cl1000 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 1000 scale - Existing 0 cl1000 0
GE_X_CL_20 7 cl20 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 20 scale - Existing 0 cl20 0
GE_X_CL_200 7 cl200 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 200 scale - Existing 0 cl200 0
GE_X_CL_2000 7 cl2000 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 2000 scale - Existing 0 cl2000 0
GE_X_CL_5 7 cl5 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 5 scale - Existing 0 cl5 0
GE_X_CL_50 7 cl50 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 50 scale - Existing 0 cl50 0

Layer Attributes
Page 15 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
GE_X_CL_500 7 cl500 Mono-0.15mm Centerline, 500 scale - Existing 0 cl500 0
GE_X_CL_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Centerline, Label Text - Existing
Profile and Cross Section Cells (does not
GK_Cells 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 2 0 0
plot)
GK_Clip_Borders 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Sheet Clipping Borders 0 0 0
GK_Drainage_Nodes 7 Continuous Mono-1.15mm GEOPAK Drainage Node Locations 0 0 4
GK_Patterns 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Pattern Lines 0 0 0
GK_Patterns2 5 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Pattern 2 Lines 1 0 0
GK_Patterns3 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Pattern 3 Lines 2 0 0
GK_Patterns4 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Pattern 4 Lines 3 0 0
GK_Patterns5 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Pattern 5 Lines 4 0 0
GK_Shapes 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Superelevation Shapes 0 0 0
GK_Shapes2 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Superelevation Shapes 2 0 0 0
GK_Shapes3 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Superelevation Shapes 3 0 0 0
GK_Shapes4 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Superelevation Shapes 4 0 0 0
GK_Shapes5 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GEOPAK Superelevation Shapes 5 0 0 0
GEOPAK COGO Visualization (does not
GK_Visualization 30 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 6 0 1
plot)
GT_Historic_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm GeoTechnical Historic Symbols 0 0 1
GT_Historic_Soil_Boring 203 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Soil Boring Cells - Historic 12 0 1
GT_Historic_Soil_Layers 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GeoTechnical Soil Layers - Historic 0 0 0
GT_Historic_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm GeoTechnical Text - Historic 0 0 1
GT_Instrumented_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm GeoTechnical Instrumented Symbols 0 0 1
GT_Instrumented_Soil_Boring 203 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Soil Boring Cells - Instrumented 12 0 1
GT_Instrumented_Soil_Layers 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GeoTechnical Soil Layers - Instrumented 0 0 0
GT_Instrumented_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm GeoTechnical Text - Instrumented 0 0 1
GT_Project_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm GeoTechnical Project Symbols 0 0 1
GT_Project_Soil_Boring 203 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Soil Boring Cells - Project 12 0 1
GT_Project_Soil_Layers 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm GeoTechnical Soil Layers - Project 0 0 0
GT_Project_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm GeoTechnical Text - Project 0 0 1
Soil Boring Cells - Target (Staked and
GT_Target_Soil_Boring 5 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 1 0 1
Prop. Boring Locations)
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 1 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_1 7 seamno1 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno1 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 10 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_10 7 seamno10 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno10 0
Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 16 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 11 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_11 7 seamno11 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno11 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 11A -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_11A 7 seamno11a Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno11a 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 12 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_12 7 seamno12 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno12 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 2 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_2 7 seamno2 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno2 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 3 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_3 7 seamno3 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno3 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 3A -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_3A 7 seamno3a Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno3a 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 3B -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_3B 7 seamno3b Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno3b 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 4 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_4 7 seamno4 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno4 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 4A -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_4A 7 seamno4a Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno4a 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 5 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_5 7 seamno5 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno5 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 6 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_6 7 seamno6 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno6 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 7 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_7 7 seamno7 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno7 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 7A -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_7A 7 seamno7a Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno7a 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 8 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_8 7 seamno8 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno8 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 8A -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_8A 7 seamno8a Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno8a 0
Existing
Coal Outcrop Line and Seam No. 9 -
GT_X_Coal_Seam_9 7 seamno9 Mono-0.15mm 0 seamno9 0
Existing
GT_X_Groundwater 5 OhDOT_USTN6 Mono-0.35mm Geotechnical Groundwater Line 1 6 1
GT_X_Mine_Cells 30 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Mine Cells - Existing 6 0 0
GT_X_Mine_Highwall 7 highwall Mono-0.15mm Mine Highwall - Existing 0 highwall 0
GT_X_Mine_Subsidence_Lt 7 minesublt Mono-0.15mm Mine Subsidence Line, Left - Existing 0 minesublt 0

Layer Attributes
Page 17 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

GT_X_Mine_Subsidence_Rt 7 minesubrt Mono-0.15mm Mine Subsidence Line, Right - Existing 0 minesubrt 0


GT_X_Piling_Cells 6 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Piling Cells - Existing 5 2 0
GT_X_Rock_Outcrop 7 rockoutcrop Mono-0.15mm Rock Outcrop Line - Existing 0 rockoutcrop 0
GT_X_Rock_Outcrop_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Rock Outcrop Cells - Existing 0 0 0
GT_X_Shear_Surface 30 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Geotechnical Shear Surface 6 5 0
Limits of Man-made fill, Dumps, Waste
Pits, Excavations, Low-Lying poorly
GT_X_Surface_Features 203 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.35mm 12 2 1
drained soils, Landslides, Grazing Land,
Cultivated Land - Existing
GT_X_Surface_Features_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Surface Features Text 0 0 0
GT_X_Wells 1 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Well Cells - Existing 3 3 0
HY_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Hydraulics Text - Proposed 0 0 1
HY_P_Water_Edge 133 stream Mono-0.35mm Lake, Pond, River, Stream - Proposed 11 stream 1
HY_P_Water_Well 133 Continuous Mono-0.90mm Water Well Cells - Proposed 11 0 3
Swamp/Wetland Area Outline -
HY_P_Wetland_Area 133 stream Mono-0.35mm 11 stream 1
Proposed
HY_P_Wetland_Cells 133 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Swamp/Wetland Cells - Proposed 11 0 1
HY_X_Spring 133 stream Mono-0.15mm Spring Line - Existing 11 stream 0
HY_X_Spring_Cells 133 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Spring Cells - Existing 11 0 0
HY_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Hydraulics Text - Existing 0 0 0
HY_X_Water_Edge 133 stream Mono-0.15mm Bogs, Lake, Pond, River, Stream - Existing 11 stream 0
HY_X_Water_Well 133 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Water Well Cells - Existing 11 0 1
HY_X_Wetland_Area 133 stream Mono-0.15mm Swamp/Wetland Area Outline - Existing 11 stream 0
HY_X_Wetland_Cells 133 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Swamp/Wetland Cells - Existing 11 0 0
LT_P_Cantilever_Support 133 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Cantilever Support - Proposed 11 0 1
LT_P_Circuit2 2 cond2 Mono-0.35mm Lighting Circuit 2-Conductor - Proposed 4 cond2 1

LT_P_Circuit3 2 cond3 Mono-0.35mm Lighting Circuit 3-Conductor - Proposed 4 cond3 1

LT_P_Conc_Work_Pad 40 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Lighting Concrete Work Pad - Proposed 20 0 1


LT_P_Conduit 1 conduitpr Mono-0.35mm Lighting Conduit - Proposed 3 conduitpr 1
LT_P_Conduit_Cells 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Lighting Conduit Cells - Proposed 4 0 1

Layer Attributes
Page 18 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

LT_P_Control_Center 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Lighting Control Center Cells - Proposed 3 0 0


LT_P_Foundation 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Light Foundation - Proposed 0 0 1
Luminaire Patterns for Design -
LT_P_Intensity_1 5 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 1 0 1
Proposed
Luminaire Patterns for Design -
LT_P_Intensity_2 5 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 1 0 2
Proposed
LT_P_Luminaires 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Luminaire Cells - Proposed 4 0 0
LT_P_Poles 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Light Pole Cells - Proposed 4 0 0
LT_P_PullBox 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Lighting Pull Box Cells - Proposed 3 0 0
LT_P_Support 133 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Light Support - Proposed 11 0 1
LT_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Lighting Text - Proposed 0 0 1
LT_X_Cantilever_Support 133 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Cantilever Support - Existing 11 2 0
LT_X_Circuit 1 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Lighting Circuit - Existing 3 2 0
LT_X_Conc_Work_Pad 40 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Lighting Concrete Work Pad - Existing 20 2 0
LT_X_Conduit 1 conduitex Mono-0.15mm Lighting Conduit - Existing 3 conduitex 0
LT_X_Control_Center 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Lighting Control Center Cells - Existing 3 0 0
LT_X_Foundation 7 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Light Foundation - Existing 0 1 0
LT_X_Luminaires 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Luminaire Cells - Existing 4 0 0
LT_X_Poles 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Light Pole Cells - Existing 4 0 0
LT_X_PullBox 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Lighting Pull Box Cells - Existing 3 0 0
LT_X_Support 133 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Light Support - Existing 11 1 0
LT_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Lighting Text - Existing 0 0 0
MT_P_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Maintenance of Traffic Cells - Proposed 0 0 0
Maintenance of Traffic Channelizing Line
MT_P_Channelizing_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 0 0 2
- Proposed
Temporary Road Centerline and
MT_P_CL_20 7 cl20 Mono-0.35mm 0 cl20 1
Stations, 20 Scale - Proposed
Temporary Road Centerline and
MT_P_CL_30 7 cl20 Mono-0.35mm 0 cl20 1
Stations, 30 Scale - Proposed
Temporary Road Centerline and
MT_P_CL_40 7 cl50 Mono-0.35mm 0 cl50 1
Stations, 40 Scale - Proposed
Temporary Road Centerline and
MT_P_CL_50 7 cl50 Mono-0.35mm 0 cl50 1
Stations, 50 Scale - Proposed

Layer Attributes
Page 19 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline
MT_P_CL_Dashed 2 lane Mono-0.35mm 4 lane 1
Dashed - Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline
MT_P_CL_Dashed_II 2 motclass2 Mono-0.35mm 4 motclass2 1
Dashed Class II - Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline,
MT_P_CL_Double_Solid 2 dsolidcl Mono-0.35mm 4 dsolidcl 1
Double Solid - Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline,
MT_P_CL_Pass_Proh_LT 2 ppleft Mono-0.35mm 4 ppleft 1
Passing Prohibited Left - Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline,
MT_P_CL_Pass_Proh_RT 2 ppright Mono-0.35mm 4 ppright 1
Passing Prohibited Right - Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Crosswalk Line -
MT_P_Crosswalk_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 0 0 2
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Dotted Line -
MT_P_Dotted_Line 7 dotted Mono-0.35mm 0 dotted 1
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Drums (Multiple
MT_P_Drums 30 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 6 0 0
Linestlyes Available) - Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Edge Line -
MT_P_Edge_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Gore Marking -
MT_P_Gore_Marking 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Guardrail,
MT_P_GR_Bar 95 bargrpr Mono-0.35mm 9 bargrpr 1
Barrier Design - Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Guardrail, Left -
MT_P_GR_Lt 95 grltpr Mono-0.35mm 9 grltpr 1
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Guardrail, Right -
MT_P_GR_Rt 95 grrtpr Mono-0.35mm 9 grrtpr 1
Proposed
MT_P_Island 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Maintenance of Traffic Island - Proposed 0 0 0
Maintenance of Traffic Lane Line -
MT_P_Lane_Line 7 lane Mono-0.35mm 0 lane 1
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Lane Line Class II -
MT_P_Lane_Line_II 7 motclass2 Mono-0.35mm 0 motclass2 1
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Portable
MT_P_PCB 7 motpcb Mono-0.65mm 0 motpcb 2
Concrete Barrier - Proposed
MT_P_Signal 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Maintenance of Traffic Signal - Proposed 2 0 1

Layer Attributes
Page 20 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Maintenance of Traffic Stop Bar -
MT_P_Stop_Line 7 Continuous Mono-1.15mm 0 0 4
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Temporary Road -
MT_P_Temp_Road 30 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 6 0 2
Proposed
MT_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Maintenance of Traffic Text - Proposed 0 0 1
Maintenance of Traffic Attenuator -
MT_P_Traffic_Attenuator 95 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 9 0 1
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Transverse Line -
MT_P_Transverse_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
Maintenance of Traffic Work Area -
MT_P_Work_Area 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 0 0 0
Proposed
MT_X_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Maintenance of Traffic Cells - Existing 0 0 0
Maintenance of Traffic Channelizing Line
MT_X_Channelizing_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
- Existing
Temporary Road Centerline and
MT_X_CL_20 7 cl20 Mono-0.15mm 0 cl20 0
Stations, 20 Scale - Existing
Temporary Road Centerline and
MT_X_CL_30 7 cl20 Mono-0.15mm 0 cl20 0
Stations, 30 Scale - Existing
Temporary Road Centerline and
MT_X_CL_40 7 cl50 Mono-0.15mm 0 cl50 0
Stations, 40 Scale - Existing
Temporary Road Centerline and
MT_X_CL_50 7 cl50 Mono-0.15mm 0 cl50 0
Stations, 50 Scale - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline
MT_X_CL_Dashed 2 lane Mono-0.15mm 4 lane 0
Dashed - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline
MT_X_CL_Dashed_II 2 motclass2 Mono-0.15mm 4 motclass2 0
Dashed Class II - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline,
MT_X_CL_Double_Solid 2 dsolidcl Mono-0.15mm 4 dsolidcl 0
Double Solid - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline,
MT_X_CL_Pass_Proh_LT 2 ppleft Mono-0.15mm 4 ppleft 0
Passing Prohibited Left - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Centerline,
MT_X_CL_Pass_Proh_RT 2 ppright Mono-0.15mm 4 ppright 0
Passing Prohibited Right - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Crosswalk Line -
MT_X_Crosswalk_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Dotted Line -
MT_X_Dotted_Line 7 dotted Mono-0.15mm 0 dotted 0
Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 21 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

Maintenance of Traffic Drums (Multiple


MT_X_Drums 30 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 6 0 0
Linestlyes Available) - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Edge Line -
MT_X_Edge_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 0 0 0
Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Gore Marking -
MT_X_Gore_Marking 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 0 0 0
Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Guardrail,
MT_X_GR_Bar 95 bargrpr Mono-0.15mm 9 bargrpr 0
Barrier Design - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Guardrail, Left -
MT_X_GR_Lt 95 grltpr Mono-0.15mm 9 grltpr 0
Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Guardrail, Right -
MT_X_GR_Rt 95 grrtpr Mono-0.15mm 9 grrtpr 0
Existing
MT_X_Island 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Maintenance of Traffic Island - Existing 0 0 0
Maintenance of Traffic Lane Line -
MT_X_Lane_Line 7 lane Mono-0.15mm 0 lane 0
Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Lane Line Class II -
MT_X_Lane_Line_II 7 motclass2 Mono-0.15mm 0 motclass2 0
Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Portable
MT_X_PCB 7 motpcb Mono-0.35mm 0 motpcb 1
Concrete Barrier - Existing
MT_X_Signal 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Maintenance of Traffic Signal - Existing 2 0 0
Maintenance of Traffic Stop Bar -
MT_X_Stop_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.90mm 0 0 3
Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Temporary Road -
MT_X_Temp_Road 30 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 6 0 1
Existing
MT_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Maintenance of Traffic Text - Existing 0 0 0
Maintenance of Traffic Traffic
MT_X_Traffic_Attenuator 95 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 9 0 0
Attenuator - Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Transverse Line -
MT_X_Transverse_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 0 0 0
Existing
Maintenance of Traffic Work Area -
MT_X_Work_Area 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 0 0 0
Existing
PF_P_Free_Haul 123 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Free Haul - Proposed
PF_P_Free_Haul_Pat 31 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Free Haul Patteren - Proposed
PF_P_Grade_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Profile Grade Line - Proposed 0 0 2

Layer Attributes
Page 22 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
PF_P_Mass_Haul 22 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Mass Haul - Proposed
PF_P_OverHaul_Pat 42 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Over Haul - Proposed
Station and Elevation Text along
PF_P_Sta_Elev_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
horizontal and vertical axis - Proposed
PF_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Profile Text - Proposed 0 0 1
PF_X_Ground_Line 3 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.35mm Existing Ground Line - Existing 2 2 1
PF_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Profile Text - Existing 0 0 0
PM_Edge_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Edge Line - Proposed
Word, Symbol, and Arrow cells -
PM_P_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
PM_P_Channelizing_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Channelizing Line - Proposed 0 0 2
PM_P_CL_Dashed 2 lane Mono-0.35mm Centerline, Dashed - Proposed 4 lane 1
PM_P_CL_Double_Solid 2 dsolidcl Mono-0.35mm Centerline, Double Solid - Proposed 4 dsolidcl 1
Centerline, Passing Prohibited Left -
PM_P_CL_Pass_Proh_Lt 2 ppleft Mono-0.35mm 4 ppleft 1
Proposed
Centerline, Passing Prohibited Right -
PM_P_CL_Pass_Proh_Rt 2 ppright Mono-0.35mm 4 ppright 1
Proposed
PM_P_Crosswalk 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Crosswalk Line - Proposed 0 0 2
PM_P_Dotted_Line 7 dotted Mono-0.35mm Dotted Line - Proposed 0 dotted 1
PM_P_Edge_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Edge Line - Proposed 0 0 1
PM_P_Ground_Fill 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Ground Fill - Proposed
PM_P_Island 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Island - Proposed 0 0 1
PM_P_Lane_Line 7 lane Mono-0.35mm Lane Line - Proposed 0 lane 1
PM_P_Parking_Lot_Stall 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Parking Lot Stall Marking Line - Proposed 0 0 2
PM_P_Stop_Line 7 Continuous Mono-1.15mm Stop Bar - Proposed 0 0 4
PM_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Marking Text - Proposed 0 0 1
PM_P_Transverse_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Transverse Line - Proposed 0 0 2
PM_P_Yield_Line 7 yieldpr Mono-0.35mm Yield Line - Proposed 0 yieldpr 1
PM_X_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Word, Symbol, and Arrow cells - Existing 0 0 0
PM_X_Channelizing_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Channelizing Line - Existing 0 0 1
PM_X_CL_Dashed 2 lane Mono-0.15mm Centerline, Dashed - Existing 4 lane 0
PM_X_CL_Double_Solid 2 dsolidcl Mono-0.15mm Centerline, Double Solid - Existing 4 dsolidcl 0
Centerline, Passing Prohibited Left -
PM_X_CL_Pass_Proh_Lt 2 ppleft Mono-0.15mm 4 ppleft 0
Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 23 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Centerline, Passing Prohibited Right -
PM_X_CL_Pass_Proh_Rt 2 ppright Mono-0.15mm 4 ppright 0
Existing
PM_X_Crosswalk 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Crosswalk Line - Existing 0 0 0
PM_X_Dotted_Line 7 dotted Mono-0.15mm Dotted Line - Existing 0 dotted 0
PM_X_Edge_Line 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Edge Line - Existing 4 0 0
PM_X_Island 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Island - Existing 0 0 0
PM_X_Lane_Line 7 lane Mono-0.15mm Lane Line - Existing 0 lane 0
PM_X_Parking_Lot_Stall 7 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Parking Lot Stall Marking Line - Existing 0 5 0
PM_X_Stop_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Stop Bar - Existing 0 0 2
Generic paint line as surveyed - Existing
PM_X_Surveyed_Line 1 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 3 0 2
(does not plot)
PM_X_Transverse_Line 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Transverse Line - Existing 0 0 0
PM_X_Yield_Line 7 yieldex Mono-0.15mm Yield Line - Existing 0 yieldex 0
PV_P_Bikeway 203 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Bikeway - Proposed 12 0 1
PV_P_Curb 120 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Curb - Proposed 10 0 1
PV_P_Curb_Ramp 120 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Curb Ramp - Proposed 10 0 1
PV_P_Drive 230 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Driveways - Proposed 8 0 1
PV_P_EOP 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Edge of Pavement - Proposed 0 0 2
PV_P_Field_Drive 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Field Drive - Proposed 2 0 1
PV_P_Joint 4 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Joint - Proposed 7 0 1
PV_P_Parking_Lot 5 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Parking Lot - Proposed 1 0 1
PV_P_Saw_Cut_Line 62 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Saw Cut Line - Proposed 25 0 1
PV_P_Shoulder 30 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Shoulder Line - Proposed 6 0 1
PV_P_Shoulder_Barrier 95 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Shoulder Barrier - Proposed 9 0 1
PV_P_Shoulder_Rumble_Strip 254 rumblestrip Mono-0.35mm Shoulder Rumble Strip - Proposed 26 rumblestrip 1
PV_P_Steps 95 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Steps - Proposed 9 0 1
PV_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pavement Text - Proposed 0 0 1
PV_P_Walk 231 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Sidewalk - Proposed 13 0 1
PV_X_Bikeway 203 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Bikeway - Existing 12 1 0
PV_X_Curb 120 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Curb - Existing 10 1 0
PV_X_Driveway 7 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Driveways - Existing 0 5 0
PV_X_EOP 7 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Edge of Pavement - Existing 0 3 0
PV_X_Field_Drive 3 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Field Drive - Existing 2 5 0
PV_X_Joint 4 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Pavement Joint - Existing 7 0 0
PV_X_Parking_Lot 7 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Parking Lot - Existing 0 5 0
PV_X_Saw_Cut_Line 62 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Saw Cut Line - Existing 25 0 0
PV_X_Shoulder 30 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Shoulder Line - Existing 6 5 0

Layer Attributes
Page 24 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
PV_X_Shoulder_Rumble_Strip 254 rumblestrip Mono-0.15mm Shoulder Rumble Strip - Existing 26 rumblestrip 0
PV_X_Steps 120 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Steps - Existing 10 1 0
PV_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Pavement Text - Existing 0 0 0
PV_X_Walk 120 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Sidewalk - Existing 10 5 0
RC_X_Golf_Course 92 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Golf Course Features - Existing 69 5 0
Miscellaneous Athletic and Recreational
RC_X_Misc 11 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 92 0 0
Features - Existing
Private or Public Swimming Pools -
RC_X_Pool 171 OhDOT_USTN6 Mono-0.15mm 60 6 0
Existing
RC_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Recreational Text - Existing 0 0 0
RD_P_Anchor_Assembly 95 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Anchor Assembly Cells - Proposed 9 0 1
RD_P_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Roadway Miscellaneous Cells - Proposed 0 0 0
RD_P_Concrete_Barrier 9 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Concrete Barrier - Proposed 43 0 1
RD_P_Fence 230 fencepr Mono-0.35mm Fence Line - Proposed 8 fencepr 1
RD_P_Gate 230 gatepr Mono-0.35mm Gate - Proposed 8 gatepr 1
RD_P_GR_Bar 95 bargrpr Mono-0.35mm Guardrail, Barrier Design - Proposed 9 bargrpr 1
Guardrail, Barrier Design Replaced -
RD_P_GR_Bar_Replaced 95 bargrex_pr Mono-0.35mm 9 bargrex/pr 1
Proposed
RD_P_GR_Cable_Bar 95 grcablepr Mono-0.35mm Guardrail, Cable Barrier - Proposed 9 grcablepr 1
RD_P_GR_Lt 95 grltpr Mono-0.35mm Guardrail, Left - Proposed 9 grltpr 1
RD_P_GR_Lt_Replaced 95 grltex_pr Mono-0.35mm Guardrail, Left Replaced - Proposed 9 grltex/pr 1
RD_P_GR_Rt 95 grrtpr Mono-0.35mm Guardrail, Right - Proposed 9 grrtpr 1
RD_P_FEAT 182 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Roadways: feature line
RD_P_LINK 150 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Roadways: corridor and section links

RD_P_MARK 212 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Roadways: corridor and section marks

RD_P_SHAP 32 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Roadways: corridor and section shapes


Roadways: corridor and section shapes
RD_P_SHAP_PATT 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm
hatching
RD_P_GR_Rt_Replaced 95 grrtex_pr Mono-0.35mm Guardrail, Right Replaced - Proposed 9 grrtex/pr 1
RD_P_Median_Barrier 9 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Median Barrier - Proposed 43 0 1
RD_P_Noise_Wall 252 noisewallpr Mono-0.35mm Noise Wall - Proposed 40 noisewallpr 1
Railroad line for 1:1 to 1:50 scale -
RD_P_RR_1 6 rr Mono-0.35mm 5 rr 1
Proposed

Layer Attributes
Page 25 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Railroad line for 1:100 and over scale -
RD_P_RR_2 6 rr2 Mono-0.35mm 5 rr2 1
Proposed
RD_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Roadway Text - Proposed 0 0 1
RD_P_Wall 120 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Retaining Wall - Proposed 10 0 1
RD_X_Anchor_Assembly 95 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Anchor Assembly Cells - Existing 9 5 0
RD_X_Bedrock 120 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Bedrock - Existing 10 2 0
Parking Lot Block (Bumper Block) -
RD_X_Bumper_Block 7 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm 0 2 0
Existing
RD_X_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Roadway Miscellaneous Cells - Existing 0 0 0
RD_X_Concrete_Barrier 9 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Concrete Barrier - Existing 43 3 0
RD_X_Concrete_Pad 9 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Concrete Pad - Existing 43 5 0
RD_X_Fence 230 fenceex Mono-0.15mm Fence Line - Existing 8 fenceex 0
RD_X_Gate 230 gateex Mono-0.15mm Gate - Existing 8 gateex 0
RD_X_GR_Bar 95 bargrex Mono-0.15mm Guardrail, Barrier Design - Existing 9 bargrex 0
RD_X_GR_Cable_Bar 95 grcableex Mono-0.15mm Guardrail, Cable Barrier - Existing 9 grcableex 0
RD_X_GR_Lt 95 grltex Mono-0.15mm Guardrail, Left - Existing 9 grltex 0
RD_X_GR_Rt 95 grrtex Mono-0.15mm Guardrail, Right - Existing 9 grrtex 0
RD_X_Misc_Items 1 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.35mm Miscellaneous Items - Existing 3 3 1
RD_X_Noise_Wall 252 noisewallex Mono-0.15mm Noise Wall - Existing 40 noisewallex 0
Railroad line for 1:1 to 1:50 scale -
RD_X_RR_1 6 rr Mono-0.15mm 5 rr 0
Existing
Railroad line for 1:100 and over scale -
RD_X_RR_2 6 rr2 Mono-0.15mm 5 rr2 0
Existing
RD_X_RR_Cells 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Railroad Cells - Existing 3 0 0
RD_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Roadway Text - Existing 0 0 0
RD_X_Wall 120 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Retaining Wall - Existing 10 1 0
RS_Raster1 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Raster Attachment 0 0 0
RS_Raster2 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Raster Attachment 0 0 0
RS_Raster3 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Raster Attachment 0 0 0
RW_P_CL_10 203 cl10 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 10 Scale - Proposed 12 cl10 1

RW_P_CL_100 203 cl100 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 100 Scale - Proposed 12 cl100 1

RW_P_CL_1000 203 cl1000 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 1000 Scale - Proposed 12 cl1000 1

RW_P_CL_20 203 cl20 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 20 Scale - Proposed 12 cl20 1

Layer Attributes
Page 26 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

RW_P_CL_200 203 cl200 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 200 Scale - Proposed 12 cl200 1

RW_P_CL_2000 203 cl2000 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 2000 Scale - Proposed 12 cl2000 1
RW_P_CL_5 203 cl5 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 5 Scale - Proposed 12 cl5 1
RW_P_CL_50 203 cl50 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 50 Scale - Proposed 12 cl50 1

RW_P_CL_500 203 cl500 Mono-0.35mm ROW Centerline, 500 Scale - Proposed 12 cl500 1
RW_P_Const_Limits 120 constlimit Mono-0.15mm Construction limits - Proposed 10 constlimit 0
RW_P_Const_Limits_Text 120 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Construction limits Text - Proposed
RW_P_Esmt_A 203 esmtapr Mono-0.90mm Aerial Easement - Proposed 12 esmtapr 3
RW_P_Esmt_CH 203 esmtchpr Mono-0.90mm Channel Easement - Proposed 12 esmtchpr 3
RW_P_Esmt_FL 203 esmtflpr Mono-0.90mm Flowage Easement - Proposed 12 esmtflpr 3
RW_P_Esmt_LA 203 esmtlapr Mono-0.90mm Limited Access Easement - Proposed 12 esmtlapr 3
RW_P_Esmt_RR 203 esmtrrpr Mono-0.90mm Railroad Easement - Proposed 12 esmtrrpr 3
RW_P_Esmt_SC 203 esmtscpr Mono-0.90mm Scenic Easement - Proposed 12 esmtscpr 3
RW_P_Esmt_Text 203 Continuous Mono-0.35mm ROW Easement Text - Proposed
RW_P_Esmt_SH 203 esmtshpr Mono-0.90mm Standard Highway Easement - Proposed 12 esmtshpr 3
RW_P_Esmt_SL 203 esmtslpr Mono-0.90mm Slope Easement - Proposed 12 esmtslpr 3
RW_P_Esmt_SW 203 esmtswpr Mono-0.90mm Sewer Easement - Proposed 12 esmtswpr 3
RW_P_Esmt_TMP 203 esmtmppr Mono-0.90mm Temporary Easement - Proposed 12 esmtmppr 3
RW_P_Esmt_U 203 esmtupr Mono-0.90mm Utility Easement - Proposed 12 esmtupr 3
RW_P_Fee_RW 203 rowpr Mono-0.90mm Right of Way Fee - Proposed 12 rowpr 3
Right of Way Fee with Limitation of
RW_P_Fee_WL 203 rowlapr Mono-0.90mm 12 rowlapr 3
Access - Proposed
RW_P_PARCEL 203 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Right of Way Parcel - Proposed
Preliminary Engineering Right-of-Way
RW_P_Prelim_RW 1 rowpe Mono-0.90mm 3 rowpe 3
Line - Proposed
RW_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm ROW Text - Proposed 0 0 1
RW_P_WA 203 roworkagreepr Mono-0.90mm Work Agreement Limits - Proposed 12 roworkagreepr 3
RW_X_CL 6 cl Mono-0.15mm Right of Way Centerline - Existing
Right of Way Centerline, 10 Scale -
RW_X_CL_10 6 cl10 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl10 0
Existing
Right of Way Centerline, 100 Scale -
RW_X_CL_100 6 cl100 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl100 0
Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 27 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Right of Way Centerline, 1000 Scale -
RW_X_CL_1000 6 cl1000 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl1000 0
Existing
Right of Way Centerline, 20 Scale -
RW_X_CL_20 6 cl20 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl20 0
Existing
Right of Way Centerline, 200 Scale -
RW_X_CL_200 6 cl200 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl200 0
Existing
Right of Way Centerline, 2000 Scale -
RW_X_CL_2000 6 cl2000 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl2000 0
Existing
Right of Way Centerline, 5 Scale -
RW_X_CL_5 6 cl5 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl5 0
Existing
Right of Way Centerline, 50 Scale -
RW_X_CL_50 6 cl50 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl50 0
Existing
Right of Way Centerline, 500 Scale -
RW_X_CL_500 6 cl500 Mono-0.15mm 5 cl500 0
Existing
RW_X_Esmt_A 6 esmtaex Mono-0.65mm Aerial Easement - Existing 5 esmtaex 2
RW_X_Esmt_CH 6 esmtchex Mono-0.65mm Channel Easement - Existing 5 esmtchex 2
RW_X_Esmt_ES 6 esmtesex Mono-0.65mm Enhancement Scenic Easement - Existing 5 esmtesex 2
RW_X_Esmt_FL 6 esmtflex Mono-0.65mm Flowage Easement - Existing 5 esmtflex 2
Easement Line with no standard
RW_X_Esmt_General 6 esmtgenex Mono-0.65mm 5 esmtgenex 2
easement name - Existing
RW_X_Esmt_LA 6 esmtlaex Mono-0.65mm Limited Access Easement - Existing 5 esmtlaex 2
Protective Water Course Easement -
RW_X_Esmt_PB 6 esmtpbex Mono-0.65mm 5 esmtpbex 2
Existing
RW_X_Esmt_PS 6 esmtpsex Mono-0.65mm Protective Scenic Easement - Existing 5 esmtpsex 2
RW_X_Esmt_RR 6 esmtrrex Mono-0.65mm Railroad Easement - Existing 5 esmtrrex 2
RW_X_Esmt_RS 6 esmtrsex Mono-0.65mm Removal Scenic Easement - Existing 5 esmtrsex 2
RW_X_Esmt_SC 6 esmtscex Mono-0.65mm Scenic Easement - Existing 5 esmtscex 2
RW_X_Esmt_SH 6 esmtshex Mono-0.65mm Standard Highway Easement - Existing 5 esmtshex 2
RW_X_Esmt_SL 6 esmtslex Mono-0.65mm Slope Easement - Existing 5 esmtslex 2
RW_X_Esmt_SW 6 esmtswex Mono-0.65mm Sewer Easement - Existing 5 esmtswex 2
RW_X_Esmt_U 6 esmtuex Mono-0.65mm Utility Easement - Existing 5 esmtuex 2
RW_X_Fee_RW 6 rowex Mono-0.65mm Right of Way Fee - Existing 5 rowex 2
Right of Way Fee with Limitation of
RW_X_Fee_WL 6 rowlaex Mono-0.65mm 5 rowlaex 2
Access - Existing
RW_X_PARCEL 6 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Right of Way Parcel - Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 28 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
RW_X_Right_of_Way 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Right of Way - Existing
RW_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Right of Way Text - Existing 0 0 0
SC_Scratch1 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 1 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch10 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 10 (plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch11 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 11 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch12 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 12 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch13 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 13 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch14 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 14 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch15 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 15 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch16 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Scratch Level 16 (plots) 0 0 1
SC_Scratch17 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Scratch Level 17 (plots) 0 0 1
SC_Scratch18 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Scratch Level 18 (plots) 0 0 1
SC_Scratch19 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Scratch Level 19 (plots) 0 0 1
SC_Scratch2 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 2 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch20 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Scratch Level 20 (plots) 0 0 1
SC_Scratch3 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 3 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch4 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 4 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch5 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 5 (does not plot) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch6 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 6 (plots) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch7 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 7 (plots) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch8 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 8 (plots) 0 0 0
SC_Scratch9 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Scratch Level 9 (plots) 0 0 0
SC_Shading1 253 Continuous Screen37%-0.15mm Shading 1 Level 41 0 0
SC_Shading2 9 Continuous Screen25%-0.15mm Shading 2 Level 43 0 0
SC_Shading3 254 Continuous Screen12%-0.15mm Shading 3 Level 45 0 0
SG_P_Conc_Work_Pad 42 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Signal Concrete Work Pad - Proposed 30 0 1
SG_P_Conduit 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Signal Conduit/Line - Proposed 0 0 1
SG_P_Controllers 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Controller Cells - Proposed 0 0 1
Loop, Video, Microwave, etc. Detection -
SG_P_Detection 24 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 29 0 1
Proposed
SG_P_Foundation 61 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Signal Foundation - Proposed 16 0 1
SG_P_Heads 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Signal Heads - Proposed 4 0 1
Signal/Traffic Interconnect Cable -
SG_P_Interconnect_Cable 7 interconnectpr Mono-0.35mm 0 interconnectpr 1
Proposed
SG_P_Manhole 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Signal/Traffic Manholes - Proposed 3 0 1
SG_P_Mast_Arm 7 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Mast Arm - Proposed 0 0 2
SG_P_Messenger_Wire 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Messenger Wire - Proposed 3 0 1

Layer Attributes
Page 29 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

SG_P_Poles 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Strain/Support Pole Cells - Proposed 0 0 1


SG_P_PullBox 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Pull Box Cells - Proposed 0 0 1
SG_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Signal Text - Proposed 0 0 1
Loop Detector Lead-in, Signal,
SG_P_Wiring 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Distribution, Power & Service Cable - 0 0 1
Proposed
SG_X_Conc_Work_Pad 42 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Signal Concrete Work Pad - Existing 30 2 0
SG_X_Conduit 7 OhDOT_USTN5 Mono-0.15mm Signal Conduit/Line - Existing 0 5 0
SG_X_Controllers 7 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Controller Cells - Existing 0 3 0
Loop, Video, Microwave, etc. Detection -
SG_X_Detection 24 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm 29 2 0
Existing
SG_X_Foundation 61 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Signal Foundation - Existing 16 1 0
SG_X_Heads 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Signal Heads Cells - Existing 4 0 0
Signal/Traffic Interconnect Cable -
SG_X_Interconnect_Cable 7 interconnectex Mono-0.15mm 0 interconnectex 0
Existing
SG_X_Manhole 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Signal/Traffic Manhole - Existing 3 0 0
SG_X_Mast_Arm 7 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.35mm Mast Arm - Existing 0 1 1
SG_X_Messenger_Wire 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Messenger Wire - Existing 3 0 0
SG_X_Poles 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Strain/Support Pole Cells - Existing 0 0 0
SG_X_PullBox 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Pull Box Cells - Existing 0 0 0
SG_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Signal Text - Existing 0 0 0
Loop Detector Lead-in, Signal,
SG_X_Wiring 1 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Distribution, Power & Service Cable - 3 1 0
Existing
SH_Border 7 Continuous Mono-0.90mm Sheet Border 0 0 3
SH_Cut_Line 7 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm Sheet Cut Line (does not plot) 0 3 0
SH_Data 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Sheet Data 0 0 0
SH_Major_Grid_Line 254 Continuous Screen30%-0.35mm Sheet Major Grid Line 44 0 1
Masking used to plot filled shapes White
SH_Masking 250 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 255 0 0
to mask any elements underneath.
SH_Minor_Grid_Line 252 Continuous Screen25%-0.15mm Sheet Minor Grid Line 40 0 0
SH_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Plan Sheet Text/Sheet Annotation 0 0 1
SN_P_Cantilever_Overhead 120 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Cantilever Overhead - Proposed 10 0 2
SN_P_Foundation 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Sign Foundation - Proposed 0 0 1
SN_P_Signs 120 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Public Signs - Proposed 10 0 1
SN_P_Structure_Mount 120 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Structure Mounted Sign - Proposed 10 0 2

Layer Attributes
Page 30 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
SN_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Signing Text - Proposed 0 0 1
SN_P_Truss_Overhead 120 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Truss Overhead Sign - Proposed 10 0 2
SN_X_Billboard 2 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.35mm Billboard - Existing 4 2 1
SN_X_Cantilever_Overhead 133 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.35mm Cantilever Overhead - Existing 11 2 1
SN_X_Foundation 7 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Sign Foundation - Existing 0 1 0
SN_X_Private 40 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Private Signs - Existing 20 0 0
SN_X_Public 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Public Signs - Existing 2 0 0
SN_X_Structure_Mount 133 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.35mm Structure Mounted Sign - Existing 11 2 1
SN_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Signing Text - Existing 0 0 0
SN_X_Truss_Overhead 133 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.35mm Truss Overhead Sign - Existing 11 2 1
Standard Construction Drawing/Plan
ST_Details 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Insert Sheet Details
Standard Construction Drawing/Plan
ST_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Insert Sheet Text & Dimensions
SV_DA_Control_Point 6 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Data Acquisition Control Point 5 0 0
SV_DA_Crossing 1 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Data Acquisition Crossing Break Line 3 0 2
SV_DA_Locator 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Data Acquisition Point Locator 2 0 1
SV_DA_Observation 95 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Data Acquisition Observation Line 9 2 0
SV_DA_Setup 4 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Data Acquisition Setup Line 7 0 0
SV_P_Aerial_Targets 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Aerial Target Cells - Proposed 4 0 0
SV_P_Control_Cells_Set 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Control Cells Set - Proposed 0 0 0
SV_P_Figure 4 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Survey Figure - Proposed
SV_P_Mon_Cells_Set 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Monument Cells - Proposed 0 0 0
SV_X_Break_Lines 4 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Ground Break Line - Existing 7 2 0
SV_X_Center_of_Pavt 4 OhDOT_USTN4 Mono-0.15mm Pavement Crown - Existing 7 4 0
SV_X_CL_SURVEY 7 cl Mono-0.15mm Centerline of Survey, Existing
SV_X_CL_Survey_100 7 cl100 Mono-0.15mm Centerline of Survey, 100 Scale - Existing 0 cl100 0
Centerline of Survey, 1000 Scale -
SV_X_CL_Survey_1000 7 cl1000 Mono-0.15mm 0 cl1000 0
Existing
SV_X_CL_Survey_20 7 cl20 Mono-0.15mm Centerline of Survey, 20 Scale - Existing 0 cl20 0

SV_X_CL_Survey_200 7 cl200 Mono-0.15mm Centerline of Survey, 200 Scale - Existing 0 cl200 0


Centerline of Survey, 2000 Scale -
SV_X_CL_Survey_2000 7 cl2000 Mono-0.15mm 0 cl2000 0
Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 31 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

SV_X_CL_Survey_50 7 cl50 Mono-0.15mm Centerline of Survey, 50 Scale - Existing 0 cl50 0

SV_X_CL_Survey_500 7 cl500 Mono-0.15mm Centerline of Survey, 500 Scale - Existing 0 cl500 0


SV_X_Control_Cells_Found 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Control Cells Found - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Edge_of_Slip 230 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Edge of Slip - Existing 8 2 0
SV_X_FDO 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm For Direction Only - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Finish_Floor 231 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Finished Floor Elevation - Existing 13 0 0
SV_X_Grid 5 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Grid Mark Cell - Existing 1 0 0
SV_X_LiDAR_Check_Spots 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm LiDAR Check Spots - Existing 0 0 1
SV_X_Mon_Cells_Found 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Monument Cells - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Occupation_Line 5 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Occupation Line - Existing 1 2 0
SV_X_Original_Ground 3 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Original Ground Line - Existing 2 2 0
SV_X_Point_Cloud_Boundary_Box 4 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Point Cloud Boundary Box - Proposed
SV_X_Point_Cloud_Classification 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Point Cloud Classification - Proposed
SV_X_Point_Cloud_Points 9 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Point Cloud Points - Proposed
SV_X_Random_Point 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Random Ground Shot Location - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Shot_Marker 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Survey Point Location - Existing 4 0 0
SV_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Survey Text - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Text_Comment 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Survey Comments - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Text_Description 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Survey Descriptions - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Text_Elevation 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Survey Point Elevations - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Text_Label 7 Continuous Mono-1.15mm Survey Text Label - Existing
SV_X_Text_Name 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Survey Point Names - Existing 0 0 0
SV_X_Toe_of_Slope 203 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Toe of Slope - Existing 12 2 0
SV_X_Top_of_Bank 95 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Top of Bank - Existing 9 2 0
SV_X_Void_Area 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Generic Void Area - Existing 0 0 0
SX-Sample_G 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Cross Section Sample Line
TR_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Truck Turning Path Text 0 0 1
TR_Turning_Path1 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Truck Turning Path 1 0 0 0
TR_Turning_Path2 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Truck Turning Path 2 0 0 0
TR_Turning_Path3 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Truck Turning Path 3 0 0 0
TR_Turning_Path4 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Truck Turning Path 4 0 0 0
TR_Turning_Path5 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Truck Turning Path 5 0 0 0
TR_Turning_Path6 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Truck Turning Path 6 0 0 0
TR_Turning_Path7 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Truck Turning Path 7 0 0 0

Layer Attributes
Page 32 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
TR_Turning_Path8 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Truck Turning Path 8 0 0 0
TX_P_1 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 1 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_10 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 10 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_100 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 100 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_1000 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 1000 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_20 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 20 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_200 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 200 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_2000 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 2000 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_5 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 5 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_50 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 50 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
TX_P_500 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Text, Generic, 500 scale - Proposed 0 0 1
Text, Generic, miscellaneous scale -
TX_P_Misc 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
Proposed
TX_X_1 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 1 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_10 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 10 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_100 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 100 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_1000 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 1000 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_20 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 20 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_200 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 200 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_2000 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 2000 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_5 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 5 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_50 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 50 scale - Existing 0 0 0
TX_X_500 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Text, Generic, 500 scale - Existing 0 0 0
UT_P_Electric 1 elec Mono-0.35mm Electric Line - Proposed 3 elec 1
UT_P_Electric_Cells 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Electric Cells - Proposed 3 0 1
UT_P_Electric_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Electric Text - Proposed 0 0 1
UT_P_FO 30 fopr Mono-0.35mm Generic Fiber Optic Line - Proposed 6 fopr 1
UT_P_Gas 2 gas Mono-0.35mm Gas Line - Proposed 4 gas 1
UT_P_Gas_Cells 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Gas Cells - Proposed 4 0 1
UT_P_Gas_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Gas Text - Proposed 0 0 1
UT_P_Leach_Bed 95 stream Mono-0.35mm Leach Bed Area - Proposed 9 stream 1
UT_P_Marker 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Utility Marker - Proposed
UT_P_Misc_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Miscellaneous Utility Cells - Proposed 0 0 1
UT_P_Sanitary 95 san Mono-0.35mm Sanitary Line - Proposed 9 san 1
UT_P_Pressure Pipes 6 Water Mono-0.35mm Water Line - Proposed
UT_P_Pressure Pipes_Text 6 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Water Line Text - Proposed
UT_P_Sanitary_Cells 95 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Sanitary Cells - Proposed 9 0 1

Layer Attributes
Page 33 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
UT_P_Sanitary_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Sanitary Text - Proposed 0 0 1
UT_P_Telecom 30 tele Mono-0.35mm Telecommunication Line - Proposed 6 tele 1
UT_P_Telecom_Cells 30 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Telecommunication Cells - Proposed 6 0 1
UT_P_Telecom_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Telecommunication Text - Proposed 0 0 1
UT_P_Water 133 water Mono-0.35mm Water Line - Proposed 11 water 1
UT_P_Water_Cells 133 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Water Cells - Proposed 11 0 1
UT_P_Water_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Water Text - Proposed 0 0 1
UT_X_Cable_TV 30 cabletvex Mono-0.15mm Cable TV Line - Existing 6 cabletvex 0
UT_X_Cable_TV_Cells 30 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Cable TV Cells - Existing 6 0 0
UT_X_Cable_TV_FO 30 foctvex Mono-0.15mm Fiber Optic Cable TV Line - Existing 6 foctvex 0
UT_X_Cable_TV_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Cable TV Text - Existing 0 0 0
UT_X_Cistern 5 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Cistern Cells - Existing 1 2 0
UT_X_Electric 1 elecex Mono-0.15mm Electric Line - Existing 3 elecex 0
UT_X_Electric_Cells 1 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Electric Cells - Existing 3 0 0
UT_X_Electric_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Electric Text - Existing 0 0 0
Exposed Pipes (Typically for Aerial
UT_X_Exposed_Pipes 7 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm 0 2 0
Mapping) - Existing
UT_X_FO 30 foex Mono-0.15mm Generic Fiber Optic Line - Existing 6 foex 0
UT_X_Gas 2 gasex Mono-0.15mm Gas Line - Existing 4 gasex 0
UT_X_Gas_Cells 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Gas Cells - Existing 4 0 0
UT_X_Gas_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Gas Text - Existing 0 0 0
UT_X_Leach_Bed 3 stream Mono-0.15mm Leach Bed Area - Existing 2 stream 0
UT_X_Marker 6 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Utility Marker - Existing
UT_X_Misc_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Miscellaneous Utility Cells - Existing 0 0 0
UT_X_Oil 2 oilex Mono-0.15mm Oil Line - Existing 4 oilex 0
UT_X_Oil_Cells 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Oil Cells - Existing 4 0 0
Combination Sanitary/Storm Sewer Line -
UT_X_San_Storm_Line 120 combsanstormex Mono-0.15mm 10 combsanstormex 0
Existing
UT_X_Sanitary_Cells 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Sanitary Cells - Existing 2 0 0
UT_X_Sanitary_Line 3 sanex Mono-0.15mm Sanitary Line - Existing 2 sanex 0
UT_X_Sanitary_Pressure_Line 3 san Mono-0.15mm Sanitary Pressure Line - Existing 2 san 0
UT_X_Sanitary_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Sanitary Text - Existing 0 0 0
UT_X_Tank 2 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.15mm Tank - Existing 4 2 0
UT_X_Telecom 30 teleex Mono-0.15mm Telecommunication Line - Existing 6 teleex 0
UT_X_Telecom_Cells 30 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Telecommunication Cells - Existing 6 0 0
Fiber Optic Telecommunication Line -
UT_X_Telecom_FO 30 foteleex Mono-0.15mm 6 foteleex 0
Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 34 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
UT_X_Telecom_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Telecommunication Text - Existing 0 0 0
UT_X_Unknown_Cells 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Unknown Object Cells - Existing 0 0 0
UT_X_Water 133 waterex Mono-0.15mm Water Line - Existing 11 waterex 0
UT_X_Water_Cells 133 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Water Cells - Existing 11 0 0
UT_X_Water_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Water Text - Existing 0 0 0
Vegetation Cells (Trees, Shrub, Stumps) -
VG_P_Cells 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 2 0 1
Proposed
VG_P_Landscape_Limits 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Landscape Limits - Proposed 2 0 1
VG_P_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Vegetation Text - Proposed 0 0 1
Vegetation Cells (Trees, Shrub, Stumps) -
VG_X_Cells 3 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 2 0 0
Existing
VG_X_Flower_Bed 3 OhDOT_USTN1 Mono-0.15mm Flower Bed - Existing 2 1 0
VG_X_Shrub_Line_Lt 3 shrublt Mono-0.15mm Shrub Line (clockwise) - Existing 2 shrublt 0
VG_X_Shrub_Line_Rt 3 shrubrt Mono-0.15mm Shrub Line (counter-clockwise) - Existing 2 shrubrt 0
VG_X_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Vegetation Text - Existing 0 0 0
VG_X_Tree_Line_Lt 3 treelt Mono-0.15mm Tree Line (clockwise) - Existing 2 treelt 0
VG_X_Tree_Line_Rt 3 treert Mono-0.15mm Tree Line (counter-clockwise) - Existing 2 treert 0
XS_No_Plot 6 Continuous NoPlot Cross Section No Plot
XS_P_Annotation 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Cross Section Annotation - Proposed 0 0 1
Cross Section Barrier (does not plot) -
XS_P_Barrier 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 44 0 1
Proposed
Cross Section Barrier Surface (not
XS_P_Barrier_Surface 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm typically shown on final plans) - 44 0 1
Proposed
Cross Section Boundary (does not plot) -
XS_P_Boundary 136 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.35mm 131 2 1
Proposed
Cross Section Curb (for reference only) -
XS_P_Curb 254 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 44 0 0
Proposed
Cross Section Curb Surface (not typically
XS_P_Curb_Surface 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 44 0 1
shown on final plans) - Proposed

XS_P_Ditch_Bottom 5 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Cross Section Ditch Bottom - Proposed 1 0 2


Cross Section GEOPAK Earthworks
XS_P_Earthwork_Shapes 5 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 1 0 0
Shapes (does not plot) - Proposed

Layer Attributes
Page 35 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight

Cross Section GEOPAK Earthwork


XS_P_Excavation_Limits 30 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Excavation Limits (used for computation 6 0 2
only, does not plot) - Proposed
Cross Section Finished Grade Line -
XS_P_Finished_Grade 3 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 2 0 2
Proposed
Cross Section Finished Grade Line
XS_P_Finished_Grade_Seeded 3 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Seeded (used for computation only, 2 0 2
does not plot) - Proposed
Cross Section Headwall (does not plot) -
XS_P_Headwall 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 44 0 1
Proposed
Cross Section Headwall Surface (not
XS_P_Headwall_Surface 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm typically shown on final plans) - 44 0 1
Proposed
Cross Section Pavement Layers (for
XS_P_Pavt_Layers 251 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 37 0 0
reference only) - Proposed
Cross Section Pavement Surface (not
XS_P_Pavt_Surface 251 Continuous Mono-0.35mm typically shown on final plans) - 37 0 1
Proposed
Cross Section Retaining Wall (does not
XS_P_Ret_Wall 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 44 0 1
plot) - Proposed
Cross Section Retaining Wall Surface
XS_P_Ret_Wall_Surface 254 Continuous Mono-0.35mm (not typically shown on final plans) - 44 0 1
Proposed
XS_P_Sample_Line_Text 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Cross Section Sample Line Text
XS_P_Section 7 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Cross Section Place on this Layer
Cross Section Shoulder Layers (for
XS_P_Shoulder_Layers 252 Continuous Mono-0.15mm 40 0 0
reference only) - Proposed
Cross Section Shoulder Surface (not
XS_P_Shoulder_Surface 252 Continuous Mono-0.35mm typically shown on final plans) - 40 0 1
Proposed
Cross Section Special Benching -
XS_P_Special_Benching 2 Continuous Mono-0.65mm 4 0 2
Proposed
XS_P_Subgrade 4 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Cross Section Subgrade - Proposed 7 0 2
XS_P_Surface 3 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Cross Section Surface - Proposed
Cross Section Information Text (does not
XS_P_Text_Info 7 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 0 0 1
plot) - Proposed

Layer Attributes
Page 36 May 3, 2013
OhDOT AutoCAD Civil 3D OhDOT Microstation
Layer/Level Name Color LineType Named Plot Style Description Color Linestyle Weight
Cross Section Marked Point Location
XS_P_Text_MarkedPoint 2 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 4 0 1
Text (does not plot) - Proposed
Cross Section Warning Message Text
XS_P_Text_WarningMsg 1 Continuous Mono-0.35mm 3 0 1
(does not plot) - Proposed
XS_P_Undercut 230 Continuous Mono-0.65mm Cross Section Undercut - Proposed 8 0 2
XS_P_Undercut2 230 Continuous Mono-0.35mm Cross Section Undercut 2 - Proposed 8 0 1
Cross Section Existing Ground Line -
XS_X_Ground_Line 3 OhDOT_USTN2 Mono-0.35mm 2 2 1
Existing
XS_X_Samp 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Cross Section Sample Line - Existing
XS_X_Text_Info 2 Continuous Mono-0.15mm Cross Section Information Text - Existing

Cross Section Existing Pavement and


XS_X_Pavt 133 OhDOT_USTN3 Mono-0.15mm 11 3 0
shoulders - Existing

Layer Attributes
Page 37 May 3, 2013
GeoPAK To Civil 3D Cutom Subassemblies Cross Reference

Geopak Category Geopak Template Names Civil 3D Category/Palette Name Inside Civil 3D Packet, Doc, PDF Name
Divided Highways 304-1E, 4-Lane, Depressed BB-Divided Highways 304-1E 4 Lane Depressed BDH_304-1E_4_Lane_Depressed
304-1E, 4-Lane, Depressed, SE BB-Divided Highways 304-1E 4-Lane Depressed SE BDH_304-1E_4-Lane_Depressed_SE
304-1E, 4-Lane, Type B/C Barrier BB-Divided Highways 304-1E 4-Lane Type B-C Barrier BDH_304-1E_4-Lane_Type_B-C_Barrier
304-1E, 4-Lane, Type B1/C1 Barrier BB-Divided Highways 304-1E 4-Lane Type B1-C1 Barrier BDH_304-1E_4-Lane_Type_B1-C1_Barrier
304-1E, 6-Lane, Depressed BB-Divided Highways 304-1E 6 Lane Depressed BDH_304-1E_6_Lane_Depressed
304-1E, 6-Lane, Type B/C Barrier BB-Divided Highways 304-1E 6 Lane Type B-C Barrier BDH_304-1E_6_Lane_Type_B-C_Barrier
304-1E, 6-Lane, Type B1/C1 Barrier BB-Divided Highways 304-1E 6 Lane Type B1-C1 Barrier BDH_304-1E_6_Lane_Type_B1-C1_Barrier
304-1E. 6-Lane, Depressed, SE BB-Divided Highways 304-1E 6 Lane Depressed SE BDH_304-1E_6_Lane_Depressed_SE
Ramps Ramp SH301-8E, PGL on the Left BB-Ramps SH301-8E PGL Left BRP_SH301-8E_PGL_Left
Ramp SH301-8E, PGL on the Right BB-Ramps SH301-8E PGL Right BRP_SH301-8E_PGL_Right
Typical Pavements BB-Typical Pavements Lane & Shoulder Lt BTP_Lane_&_Shoulder_Lt
BB-Typical Pavements Lane & Shoulder Rt BTP_Lane_&_Shoulder_Rt
BB-Typical Pavements Lane Lt BTP_Lane_Lt
BB-Typical Pavements Lane Rt BTP_Lane_Rt
BB-Typical Pavements Shoulder Lt BTP_Shoulder_Lt
BB-Typical Pavements Shoulder Rt BTP_Shoulder_Rt
Un Divided Highways-Full
SH301-8E, 2-Lane
Depth Pavement BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-8E 2 Lane BUH_SH301-8E_2_Lane
SH301-8E, 2-Lane, SE BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-8E 2 Lane SE BUH_SH301-8E_2_Lane_SE
SH301-8E, 3-Lane, PGL Center BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Center BUH_SH301-8E_3-Lane_PGL_Center
SH301-8E, 3-Lane, PGL Center, SE BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Center SE BUH_SH301-8E_3-Lane_PGL_Center_SE
SH301-8E, 3-Lane, PGL Left BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Left BUH_SH301-8E_3-Lane_PGL_Left
SH301-8E, 3-Lane, PGL Left, SE BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Left SE BUH_SH301-8E_3-Lane_PGL_Left_SE
SH301-8E, 3-Lane, PGL Right BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Right BUH_SH301-8E_3-Lane_PGL_Right
SH301-8E, 3-Lane, PGL Right, SE BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Right SE BUH_SH301-8E_3-Lane_PGL_Right_SE
SH301-9E, 2-Lane, 3-Layers BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-9E 2-Lane 3 Layers BUH_SH301-9E_2-Lane_3_Layers
SH301-9E, 2-Lane, 4-Layers BB-UnDivided Highways SH301-9E 2-Lane 4 Layers BUH_SH301-9E_2-Lane_4_Layers
Un Divided Highways-
Overlay & Widening
Widening & Resurfacing BB-UnDivided Highways Overlay & Widening BUH_Overlay_&_Widening
Overlay & Widening Left BB-UnDivided Highways Overlay & Widening BUH_Overlay_&_Widening
Overlay & Widening Right BB-UnDivided Highways Overlay & Widening BUH_Overlay_&_Widening
Overlay w/new Shoulders BB-UnDivided Highways Overlay & Widening BUH_Overlay_&_Widening
307-1E - Safety Grading- 307-1E & 307-4E Fill 8-3-2 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E & 307-4E Fill 8-3-4-2 CSG_307-1E_&_307-4E_Fill_8-3-4-2
307-1E & 307-4E Fill 8-4-2 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E & 307-4E Fill 8-3-4-2 CSG_307-1E_&_307-4E_Fill_8-3-4-2
307-1E Cut 6 - Rural Interstate Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Cut 6 Rural Interstate CSG_307-1E_Cut_6_Rural_Interstate
307-1E Cut 6 - Urban Interstate Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Cut 6 Urban Interstate CSG_307-1E_Cut_6_Urban_Interstate
307-1E Cut 8 - Rural Interstate Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Cut 8 Rural Interstate CSG_307-1E_Cut_8_Rural_Interstate
307-1E Cut 8 - Urban Interstate Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Cut 8 Urban Interstate CSG_307-1E_Cut_8_Urban_Interstate
307-1E Fill Medium 8-3-6 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Fill Medium CSG_307-1E_Fill_Medium
307-1E Fill Medium 8-4-6 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Fill Medium CSG_307-1E_Fill_Medium
307-1E Fill Shallow 6 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Fill Shallow CSG_307-1E_Fill_Shallow
307-1E Fill Shallow 6 and Medium 3 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Fill Shallow and Medium CSG_307-1E_Fill_Shallow_and_Medium
307-1E Fill Shallow 6 and Medium 4 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Fill Shallow and Medium CSG_307-1E_Fill_Shallow_and_Medium
307-1E Fill Shallow 8 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Fill Shallow CSG_307-1E_Fill_Shallow

Page 1 May 3, 2013


GeoPAK To Civil 3D Cutom Subassemblies Cross Reference

Geopak Category Geopak Template Names Civil 3D Category/Palette Name Inside Civil 3D Packet, Doc, PDF Name
307-1E Fill Shallow 8 and Medium 3 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Fill Shallow and Medium CSG_307-1E_Fill_Shallow_and_Medium
307-1E Fill Shallow 8 and Medium 4 Comp-SafetyGrading 307-1E Fill Shallow and Medium CSG_307-1E_Fill_Shallow_and_Medium
307-3E - Clear Zone-Cut
Section-Ditch Width < 4' (307- 10:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope
10E) Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
10:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
10:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
10:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
10:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
4:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
4:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
5:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
5:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
5:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
5:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
307-3E - Clear Zone-Cut
Section-Ditch Width > or = 4' 10:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope
(307-11E) Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 3:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 3:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E

Page 2 May 3, 2013


GeoPAK To Civil 3D Cutom Subassemblies Cross Reference

Geopak Category Geopak Template Names Civil 3D Category/Palette Name Inside Civil 3D Packet, Doc, PDF Name
6:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 3:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Cut 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZC_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
307-3E - Clear Zone-Fill
Section-Ditch Width < 4' (307- 10:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope
10E) Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
10:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
10:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
10:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
10:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
4:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
4:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
5:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
5:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
5:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
5:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
6:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
8:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW Less 4 307 10-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_Less_4_307_10-E
307-3E - Clear Zone-Fill
Section-Ditch Width > or = 4' 10:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope
(307-11E) Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 3:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
10:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
4:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E

Page 3 May 3, 2013


GeoPAK To Civil 3D Cutom Subassemblies Cross Reference

Geopak Category Geopak Template Names Civil 3D Category/Palette Name Inside Civil 3D Packet, Doc, PDF Name
4:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
5:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 3:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
6:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 10:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 3:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 4:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 5:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 6:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
8:1 Foreslope / 8:1 Backslope Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS 4-1 BS DW More 4 307 11-E CCZF_4-1_FS_4-1_BS_DW_More_4_307_11-E
307-3E - Clear Zone-Fill
Section - Ditch Outside Clear
4:1 & 3:1 Foreslope
Zone- Ditch Depth < 16' (307-
3E & 307-4E) Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 & 3-1 FS DD Less 16 307-3E & 307-4E CCZF_4-1_&_3-1_FS_DD_Less_16_307-3E_&_307-4E

4:1 Foreslope
Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS DD Less 16 307-3E & 307-4E CCZF_4-1_FS_DD_Less_16_307-3E_&_307-4E
307-3E - Clear Zone-Fill
Section - Ditch Inside Clear
4:1 & 3:1 Foreslope with Bench
Zone- Ditch Depth > 16' (307- CCZF_4-1_&_3-1_FS_Bch_DD_More_16_307-3E_&_307-
3E & 307-4E) Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 & 3-1 FS Bch DD More 16 307-3E & 307-4E 4E
4:1 Foreslope with Bench Comp-Clear Zone Fill 4-1 FS Bch DD More 16 307-3E & 307-4E CCZF_4-1_FS_Bch_DD_More_16_307-3E_&_307-4E
307-4E - Common and Barrier
307-4E Cut 3:1
Grading Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Cut CCBG_307-4E_Cut
307-4E Cut 4:1 Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Cut CCBG_307-4E_Cut
307-4E Fill 2:1 Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Fill CCBG_307-4E_Fill
307-4E Fill 2:1 with Ditch Test Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Fill 2-1 Dt Test CCBG_307-4E_Fill_2-1_Dt_Test
307-4E Fill 3:1 Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Fill CCBG_307-4E_Fill
307-4E Fill 3:1 with Ditch Test Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Fill Dt Test CCBG_307-4E_Fill_Dt_Test
307-4E Fill 4:1 Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Fill CCBG_307-4E_Fill
307-4E Fill 4:1 with Ditch Test Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Fill Dt Test CCBG_307-4E_Fill_Dt_Test
307-4E Fill 6:1 Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Fill CCBG_307-4E_Fill
307-4E Fill 6:1 with Ditch Test Comp-Comm&Barr Grad 307-4E Fill Dt Test CCBG_307-4E_Fill_Dt_Test
Barriers Single Slope Type B Comp-Barriers Single Slope Type B CBR_Single_Slope_Type_B
Single Slope Type B1 Comp-Barriers Single Slope Type B1 CBR_Single_Slope_Type_B1
Single Slope Type C Comp-Barriers Single Slope Type C CBR_Single_Slope_Type_C
Single Slope Type C1 Comp-Barriers Single Slope Type C1 CBR_Single_Slope_Type_C1

Page 4 May 3, 2013


GeoPAK To Civil 3D Cutom Subassemblies Cross Reference

Geopak Category Geopak Template Names Civil 3D Category/Palette Name Inside Civil 3D Packet, Doc, PDF Name
Single Slope Type D Comp-Barriers Single Slope Type D CBR_Single_Slope_Type_D
Curbs Curb - Type 2 Comp-Curbs Curb Type 2 CCRB_Curb_Type_2
Curb - Type 2-B Comp-Curbs Curb Type 2B CCRB_Curb_Type_2B
Curb - Type 3 Comp-Curbs Curb Type 3 CCRB_Curb_Type_3
Curb - Type 4 Comp-Curbs Curb Type 4 CCRB_Curb_Type_4
Curb - Type 4-A Comp-Curbs Curb Type 4A CCRB_Curb_Type_4A
Curb - Type 4-B Comp-Curbs Curb Type 4B CCRB_Curb_Type_4B
Curb - Type 4-C Comp-Curbs Curb Type 4C CCRB_Curb_Type_4C
Curb - Type 6 Comp-Curbs Curb Type 6 CCRB_Curb_Type_6
Curb - Type 7 Comp-Curbs Curb Type 7 CCRB_Curb_Type_7
Curb - Type 8 Comp-Curbs Curb Type 8 CCRB_Curb_Type_8
Ditches Standard Ditch Comp-Ditches&Medians Standard Ditch CDNM_Standard_Ditch
Medians 304-1E Depressed Comp-Ditches&Medians 304-1E Depressed CDNM_304-1E_Depressed
304-1E Depressed, SE Comp-Ditches&Medians 304-1E Depressed SE CDNM_304-1E_Depressed_SE
Pavement and Shoulders Pavt - PGL at Crown Comp-Pavement&Shoulders Pavt PGL at Crown CPNS_Pavt_PGL_at_Crown
Pavt - PGL at Crown, 2-Lanes Comp-Pavement&Shoulders Pavt PGL at Crown 2-Lanes CPNS_Pavt_PGL_at_Crown_2-Lanes
Pavt & Type 2 Curb Comp-Pavement&Shoulders Pavt & Type 2 Curb CPNS_Pavt_&_Type_2_Curb
Pavt & Type 2 Curb-SE Lt, Pavt & Type 2 Curb- CPNS_Pavt_&_Type_2_Curb-SE_Lt,
Pavt & Type 2 Curb, SE
Comp-Pavement&Shoulders SE Rt CPNS_Pavt_&_Type_2_Curb-SE_Rt
Pavt & Type 6 Curb Comp-Pavement&Shoulders Pavt & Type 6 Curb CPNS_Pavt_&_Type_6_Curb
SH301-9E-4-Layers-SE Lt,SH301-9E-4-Layers- CPNS_SH301-9E-4-Layers-SE_Lt,CPNS_SH301-9E-4-
SH301-10E, 4-Layers, SE
Comp-Pavement&Shoulders SE Rt Layers-SE_Rt
SH301-8E, 4-Layers, Curbed Comp-Pavement&Shoulders SH301-8E-4-Layers Curbed CPNS_SH301-8E-4-Layers_Curbed
SH301-8E-4-Layers Curbed-SE Lt, SH301-8E-4- CPNS_SH301-8E-4-Layers_Curbed-SE_Lt, CPNS_SH301-
SH301-8E, 4-Layers, Curbed, SE
Comp-Pavement&Shoulders Layers Curbed-SE Rt 8E-4-Layers_Curbed-SE_Rt
SH301-8E, 6-Layers Comp-Pavement&Shoulders SH301-8E-6-Layers CPNS_SH301-8E-6-Layers
SH301-8E-6-Layers-SE Lt, SH301-8E-6-Layers- CPNS_SH301-8E-6-Layers-SE_Lt, CPNS_SH301-8E-6-
SH301-8E, 6-Layers, SE
Comp-Pavement&Shoulders SE Rt Layers-SE_Rt
SH301-9E-3-Layers-SE Lt, SH301-9E-3-Layers- CPNS_SH301-9E-3-Layers-SE_Lt, CPNS_SH301-9E-3-
SH301-9E, 3-Layers, SE
Comp-Pavement&Shoulders SE Rt Layers-SE_Rt
SH301-9E-4-Layers-SE Lt, SH301-9E-4-Layers- CPNS_SH301-9E-4-Layers-SE_Lt, CPNS_SH301-9E-4-
SH301-9E, 4-Layers, SE Comp-Pavement&Shoulders SE Rt Layers-SE_Rt
Traffic Dividers RM 3.1 Comp-Traffic Dividers RM 3.1 CTD_RM_3.1

End Conditions-307-4E -
307-4E 3:1 Cut & Fill w/Ditch Test
Common and Barrier Grading
EC-Common&Barrier Grading 307-4E C & F w Dt Test ECBG_307-4E_C&F_w_Dt_Test
307-4E 4:1 Cut & Fill w/Ditch Test EC-Common&Barrier Grading 307-4E 4-1 C & F w Dt Test ECBG_307-4E_4-1_C&F_w_Dt_Test
307-4E Cut 3:1 EC-Common&Barrier Grading 307-4E Cut ECBG_307-4E_Cut
307-4E Cut 4:1 EC-Common&Barrier Grading 307-4E Cut ECBG_307-4E_Cut
307-4E Fill w/Ditch Test EC-Common&Barrier Grading 307-4E Fill NoDt ECBG_307-4E_Fill_NoDt
307-4E Fill, No Ditches EC-Common&Barrier Grading 307-4E Fill w Dt Test ECBG_307-4E_Fill_w_Dt_Test
End Conditions-307-4E -
306-2E-1
CurbGrading EC-Curb Grading 306-2E-1 ECG_306-2E-1
306-2E-2 EC-Curb Grading 306-2E-1 ECG_306-2E-1
307-6E_Cut 3:1 EC-Curb Grading 307-6E Cut ECG_307-6E_Cut

Page 5 May 3, 2013


GeoPAK To Civil 3D Cutom Subassemblies Cross Reference

Geopak Category Geopak Template Names Civil 3D Category/Palette Name Inside Civil 3D Packet, Doc, PDF Name
307-6E_Cut 4:1 EC-Curb Grading 307-6E Cut ECG_307-6E_Cut
307-6E_Fill 2:1 EC-Curb Grading 307-6E Fill ECG_307-6E_Fill

Page 6 May 3, 2013


304-1E 4-Lane Depressed

This subassembly creates a 4 lane divided roadway with a depressed median. The PGL is at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the inside
edges of pavement edges
R Lane 1 Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link 1.60%
R Lane 2 Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -1.60%
L Lane 1 Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link 1.60%
L Lane 2 Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -1.60%
R Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
L Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
R Inside Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
R Outside Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
L Inside Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
L Outside Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
R Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Enter Median Grades 4:1, 6:1 or 8:1 Median grade to use Text 4:1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text BaseCourse3,Datum

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation Width May be used to override or adjust Lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust Lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds a 4 lane divided roadway with shoulders and median. The PGL is located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes. The outside
edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide
the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the
datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface. This
assembly also lets the user enter the grade to be used to construct the median with a 4’ wide ditch. The inside shoulder widths are not adjustable.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 4 lane roadway with shoulders, median and all the levels of pavement shown.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Point of grade
P29 L-PGL Point of grade
P6 R-SH1 Right lanes inside edge of shoulder
P33 L-SH1 Left lanes inside edge of shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P67 R-LANE2 Right lanes outside edge of pavement
P86 L-LANE2 Left lanes outside edge of pavement
P69 R-SH Right lanes outside edge of shoulder
P88 L-SH Left lanes outside edge of shoulder
P55 R-MGSH Right edge of median shoulder
P56 L-MGSH Left edge of median shoulder
P57 L-MDT Left edge of median ditch
P58 R-MDT Right edge of median ditch
L1, L5, L31, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, Top Links for top surface
L83, L100, L103, L134

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E 4-Lane Depressed SE

This subassembly creates a 4 lane divided roadway with a depressed median. The PGL is at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the inside
edges of pavement edges
R Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
L Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
R Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Enter Median Grades 4:1, 6:1 or 8:1 Median grade to use Text 4:1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text BaseCourse3,Datum
Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Output Parameters

None

Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use the
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 4 lane divided roadway with shoulders and median. The PGL is located at
the inside edge of the left and right lanes. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and
shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface. This assembly also lets the user enter the grade to be used to construct the depressed median with a 4’ wide
ditch. The inside shoulder widths are not adjustable.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 4 lane roadway with shoulders, depressed median and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Right point of grade
P29 L-PGL Left point of grade
P6 R-MSH Right inside edge of median shoulder
P33 L-MSH Left inside edge of median shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P67 R-MSHB Right median shoulder break point
P81 L-LANE11 Left outside edge of pavement
P69 L-MSHB Left median shoulder break point
P82 L-SHB Left shoulder break point
P83 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
P87 R-LANE11 Right outside of pavement
P88 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P89 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, L83,
L101, L103, L115, L116, L117, L123, L124, Top Links for top surface
L125

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E- 4-Lane- Type B1-C1 Barrier

This subassembly creates a 4 lane divided roadway with a type B1 or C1 barrier. The PGL is at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the inside
edges of pavement edges
R Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
L Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
R Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum
Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Lane Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Lane Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Output Parameters

None

Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use the
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 4 lane divided roadway with shoulders and median. The PGL is located at
the inside edge of the left and right lanes. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and
shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface. This assembly also lets the user enter the grade to be used to construct the depressed median with a 4’ wide
ditch. The inside shoulder widths are not adjustable.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 4 lane roadway with shoulders, Type B1-C1 Barrier and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Right point of grade
P29 L-PGL Left point of grade
P6 R-MSH Right inside edge of median shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P83 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
P88 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P89 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, L83,
L101, L103, L115, L116, L117, L123, L124, Top Links for top surface
L125, L197

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E- 4-Lane- Type B-C Barrier

This subassembly creates a 4 lane divided roadway with a type B or C barrier. The PGL is at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the inside
edges of pavement edges
R Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
L Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
R Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum
Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Output Parameters

None

Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use the
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 4 lane divided roadway with shoulders and median. The PGL is located at
the inside edge of the left and right lanes. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and
shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface. The inside shoulder widths are not adjustable.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 4 lane roadway with shoulders, Type B-C Barrier and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Right point of grade
P29 L-PGL Left point of grade
P6 R-MSH Right inside edge of median shoulder
P33 L-MSH Left inside edge of median shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P67 R-MSHB Right median shoulder break point
P81 L-LANE11 Left outside edge of pavement
P69 L-MSHB Left median shoulder break point
P82 L-SHB Left shoulder break point
P83 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
P87 R-LANE11 Right outside of pavement
P88 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P89 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, L83,
L101, L103, L115, L116, L117, L123, L124, Top Links for top surface
L125, L197

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E 6-Lane Depressed

This subassembly creates a 6 lane divided roadway with a depressed median. The PGL is at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the
inside edges of pavement
R Lane 1 Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link edges
1.60%
R Lane 2 Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -1.60%
L Lane 1 Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link 1.60%
L Lane 2 Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -1.60%
R Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 24
L Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 24
R Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
L Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
R Inside Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
R Outside Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
L Inside Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
L Outside Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
R Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base curse 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Enter Median Grades 4:1, 6:1 or 8:1 Median grade to use Text 4:1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Behavior

This subassembly builds a 6 lane divided roadway with shoulders and median. The PGL is located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes. The outside
edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide
the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the
datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface. This
assembly also lets the user enter the grade to be used to construct the median with a 4’ wide ditch. The inside shoulder widths are not adjustable.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 6 lane roadway with shoulders, depressed median and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Point of grade
P29 L-PGL Point of grade
P6 R-SH1 Right lanes inside edge of shoulder
P33 L-SH1 Left lanes inside edge of shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P67 R-LANE2 Right lanes outside edge of pavement
P86 L-LANE2 Left lanes outside edge of pavement
P69 R-SH Right lanes outside edge of shoulder
P88 L-SH Left lanes outside edge of shoulder
P55 R-MGSH Right edge of median shoulder
P56 L-MGSH Left edge of median shoulder
P57 L-MDT Left edge of median ditch
P58 R-MDT Right edge of median ditch
L1, L5, L31, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, Top Links for top surface
L83, L100, L103, L134

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E 6-Lane Depressed SE

This subassembly creates a 6 lane divided roadway with a depressed median. The PGL is at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the inside
edges of pavement edges
R Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 24
L Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 24
R Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
L Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
R Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Enter Median Grades 4:1, 6:1 or 8:1 Median grade to use Text 4:1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum
Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Output Parameters

None

Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use the
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 6 lane divided roadway with shoulders and median. The PGL is located at
the inside edge of the left and right lanes. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and
shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface. This assembly also lets the user enter the grade to be used to construct the depressed median with a 4’ wide
ditch. The inside shoulder widths are not adjustable.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 6 lane roadway with shoulders, depressed median and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Right point of grade
P29 L-PGL Left point of grade
P6 R-MSH Right inside edge of median shoulder
P33 L-MSH Left inside edge of median shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P67 R-MSHB Right median shoulder break point
P81 L-LANE11 Left outside edge of pavement
P69 L-MSHB Left median shoulder break point
P82 L-SHB Left shoulder break point
P83 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
P87 R-LANE11 Right outside of pavement
P88 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P89 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, L83,
L101, L103, L115, L116, L117, L123, L124, Top Links for top surface
L125

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E- 6-Lane- Type B1-C1 Barrier

This subassembly creates a 6 lane divided roadway with a type B or C barrier. The PGL is at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the inside
edges of pavement edges
R Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 24
L Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 24
R Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
L Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
R Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum
Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Output Parameters

None

Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use the
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 6 lane divided roadway with shoulders and barrier. The PGL is located at the
inside edge of the left and right lanes. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder
widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 6 lane roadway with shoulders, depressed median and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Right point of grade
P29 L-PGL Left point of grade
P6 R-MSH Right inside edge of median shoulder
P33 L-MSH Left inside edge of median shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P67 R-MSHB Right median shoulder break point
P81 L-LANE11 Left outside edge of pavement
P69 L-MSHB Left median shoulder break point
P82 L-SHB Left shoulder break point
P83 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
P87 R-LANE11 Right outside of pavement
P88 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P89 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, L83,
L101, L103, L115, L116, L117, L123, L124, Top Links for top surface
L125

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E- 6-Lane- Type B-C Barrier

This subassembly creates a 6 lane divided roadway with a type B or C barrier. The PGL is at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the inside
edges of pavement edges
R Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 24
L Lane 1 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L Lane 2 Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 24
R Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
L Outside Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 4
R Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation Width May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Lane Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use the
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 6 lane divided roadway with shoulders and barrier. The PGL is located at the
inside edge of the left and right lanes. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder
widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 6 lane roadway with shoulders, depressed median and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Right point of grade
P29 L-PGL Left point of grade
P6 R-MSH Right inside edge of median shoulder
P33 L-MSH Left inside edge of median shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P67 R-MSHB Right median shoulder break point
P81 L-LANE11 Left outside edge of pavement
P69 L-MSHB Left median shoulder break point
P82 L-SHB Left shoulder break point
P83 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
P87 R-LANE11 Right outside of pavement
P88 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P89 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, L83,
L101, L103, L115, L116, L117, L123, L124, Top Links for top surface
L125

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Ramp SH301-8E- PGL on the Left

This subassembly creates a 6-pavment layer ramp section with PGL at the left edge of pavement. Ramp can be superelevated and shoulders will adjust
slope and overbreak automatically. Nonsuperelevated shoulder slopes are 4%.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right None
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric 0.00%
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 16’
Rt Shoulder Width Specifies the right shoulder width Numeric 4’
Lt Shoulder Width Specifies the left shoulder width Numeric -4’
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 3 Thickness Specifies base course 3 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies intermediate course 1 step width from EOP Numeric 0.5’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies intermediate course 2 Step width from EOP Numeric 1.0’
Base Course1 Step Width Specifies the base course 1 step width from EOP Numeric 1.5’
Base Course 2 Step Width Specifies the base course 2 step width from EOP Numeric 2.0’
Base Course 3 Step Width Specifies the base course 3 step width from EOP Numeric 2.5’

Target Parameters

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Left Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Shoulder Break Left Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Left Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a 6-pavment layer ramp section with PGL at the left edge of pavement. Ramp can be superelevated and shoulders will adjust
slope and overbreak automatically in accordance with 301-8E. Nonsuperelevated shoulder slopes are 4%.
See Figure 301-8E

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the ramp pavement layers and shoulders.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 PGL-6 Base of pavement
P49 SHB Edge of pavement-right
P55 SHB-6 Edge of pavement base
P58 SH Edge of shoulder-right
P69 SH-6 Edge of shoulder-right vase
P111 L-SH Edge of shoulder-left
P124 L-SH-6 Edge of shoulder-left-base
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of pavement
L64 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of shoulder-right
L98 BaseCourse3, Datum Bottom of shoulder-right
L23 BaseCourse3, Datum Bottom of pavement
L144 BaseCourse3, Datum Bottom of shoulder-left
L177 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of shoulder-left

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Ramp SH301-8E- PGL on the Right

This subassembly creates a 6-pavment layer ramp section with PGL at the right edge of pavement. Ramp can be superelevated and shoulders will adjust
slope and overbreak automatically. Nonsuperelevated shoulder slopes are 4%.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right None

Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric 0.00%


Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric -16’
Rt Shoulder Width Specifies the right shoulder width Numeric 4’
Lt Shoulder Width Specifies the left shoulder width Numeric -4’
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 3 Thickness Specifies base course 3 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies intermediate course 1 step width from EOP Numeric 0.5’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies intermediate course 2 step width from EOP Numeric 1.0’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course 1 step width from EOP Numeric 1.5’
Base Course 2 Step Width Specifies the base course 2 step width from EOP Numeric 2.0’
Base Course 3 Step Width Specifies the base course 3 step width from EOP Numeric 2.5’

Target Parameters

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Right Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Shoulder Break Right Elevation May be used to override shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Right Elevation May be used to override shoulder elevation. Optional
Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Behavior

This subassembly creates a 6-pavment layer ramp section with PGL at the right edge of pavement. Ramp can be superelevated and shoulders will adjust
slope and overbreak automatically in accordance with 301-8E. Nonsuperelevated shoulder slopes are 4%.
See Figure 301-8E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the ramp pavement layers and shoulders.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned. There are other point, link, or shape codes
for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 PGL-6 Base of pavement
P10 L-Lane1 Edge of pavement-Left
P16 L-Lane1-6 Edge of pavement base-left
P124 R-SH Edge of shoulder-right
P141 RSH-6 Edge of shoulder-right base
P169 L-SH Edge of shoulder-left
P180 L-SH-6 Edge of shoulder-left-base
L27 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of pavement
L174 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of shoulder-right
L196 BaseCourse3, Datum Bottom of shoulder-right
L88 BaseCourse3, Datum Bottom of pavement
L257 BaseCourse3, Datum Bottom of shoulder-left
L235 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of shoulder-left

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Lane & Shoulder Lt

This subassembly creates one 12’ wide lane with a 4’ wide shoulder of a typical roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Left
Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Left Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCouse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

Parameter Description Type


Left Lane Grade % Slope of the lane. Numeric
Left Shoulder Grade % Slope of shoulder. Numeric
Left Lane Width Width of lane. Numeric, positive
Left Shoulder Width Width of shoulder. Numeric, positive

Behavior

This subassembly builds one lane of a typical roadway with a shoulder. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and
override the set lane and shoulder widths and elevations. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section
(from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This
assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the one lane roadway with a shoulder and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P7 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P9 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L8, L11 L-Lane1 Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Lane & Shoulder Rt

This subassembly creates one 12’ wide lane with a 4’ wide shoulder of a typical roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, Positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, Positive 4
Right Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Right Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, Positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, Positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, Positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, Positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, Positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, Positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCouse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder e;eelevationwidth.
May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional

Output Parameters

Parameter Description Type


Right Lane Grade % Slope of the lane. Numeric
Right Shoulder Grade % Slope of shoulder. Numeric
Right Lane Width Width of lane. Numeric, positive
Right Shoulder Width Width of shoulder. Numeric, positive

Behavior

This subassembly builds one lane of a typical roadway with a shoulder. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and
override the set lane and shoulder widths and elevations. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section
(from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This
assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the one lane roadway with a shoulder and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P5 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L1,L5 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Lane Lt

This subassembly creates one 12’ wide lane of a typical roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Left
Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCouse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

Parameter Description Type


Left Lane Grade % Slope of the lane. Numeric
Left Lane Width Width of lane. Numeric, positive

Behavior

This subassembly builds one lane of a typical roadway. The outside edges of pavement can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane width and
elevation. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface. This subassembly could also be used to construct the radius returns at intersections.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws one lane of the roadway and all the levels of pavement shown.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P7 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
L8 L-Lane1 Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Lane Rt

This subassembly creates one 12’ wide lane of a typical roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCouse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement e;eelevationwidth.
May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional

Output Parameters

Parameter Description Type


Right Lane Grade % Slope of the lane. Numeric
Right Lane Width Width of lane. Numeric, positive

Behavior

This subassembly builds one lane of a typical roadway. The outside edges of pavement can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane width and
elevation. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface. This subassembly could also be used to construct the radius returns at intersections.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws one lane of the roadway and all the levels of pavement shown.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P5 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L1,L5 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Shoulder Lt

This subassembly creates a 4’ wide shoulder of a typical roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge of the shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Left
Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCouse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

Parameter Description Type


Left Shoulder Grade % Slope of shoulder. Numeric
Left Shoulder Width Width of shoulder. Numeric, positive

Behavior

This subassembly builds one shoulder of a typical roadway. The outside edges of the shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set
shoulder width and elevation. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending
on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top
codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws a shoulder and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P7 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P9 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L11 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Shoulder Rt

This subassembly creates one 4’ wide shoulder of a typical roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at inside edge of the shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Right Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCouse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional

Output Parameters

Parameter Description Type


Right Shoulder Grade % Slope of shoulder. Numeric
Right Shoulder Width Width of shoulder. Numeric, positive

Behavior

This subassembly builds one shoulder of a typical roadway. The outside edges of the shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set
shoulder width and elevation. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending
on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top
codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the shoulder of a roadway and all the levels of pavement shown.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-Lane1 Inside edge of shoulder
P5 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
L5 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Overlay & Widening

This subassembly creates a simple planing and overlay section with variable widening on the left and right sides.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Side None
Rt Saw Cut Width Specifies the right side saw cut width Numeric 10’
Lt Saw Cut Width Specifies the left side saw cut width Numeric -10’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Rt Pavement Width Specifies the right side pavement width Numeric 12’
Lt Pavement Width Specifies the left side pavement width Numeric -12’
Rt Shoulder Width Specifies the right side shoulder width Numeric 4’
Lt Shoulder Width Specifies the left side shoulder width Numeric -4’
Surface Course Thickness Specifies surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.145833’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.333’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course 1 step width from EOP Numeric 0.5’
Base Course 2 Step Width Specifies the base course 2 step width from EOP Numeric 1.0’

Target Parameters

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed left side saw cut width. The following Optional
Saw Cut Line Width object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset: alignments,
polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed right side saw cut width. The following Optional
Saw Cut Line Right Width object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset: alignments,
polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Name of the planing surface. The following objects types can be used as Required
EG targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Left Saw Cut Line Elevation May be used to override saw cut line elevation. Optional
Left Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Left Shoulder Elevation May be used to override edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Right Saw Cut Line Elevation May be used to override saw cut line elevation. Optional
Right Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Right Shoulder Elevation May be used to override edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a simple planing and overlay section with variable pavement widening and shoulders on the left and right sides. Planing course
adheres to the existing surface and leveling course fills between bottom of planing and bottom of intermediate course1.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the widening, shoulders and overlay.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P5 R-SawCut Right side saw cut
P10 R-SawCut-4 Right side saw cut bottom
P16 R-SH Edge of shoulder right
P15 R-Lane1-4 Edge of pavement base right
P22 R-SH-4 Edge of shoulder base right
P23 L-SawCut Left side saw cut
P28 L-SawCut-4 Left side saw cut bottom
P33 L-Lane1-4 Edge of pavement base left
P34 L-SH Edge of shoulder left
P40 L-SH-4 Edge of shoulder base left
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of pavement
L67 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of pavement
L21 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of shoulder right
L49 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Top of shoulder left
L35 BaseCourse2, Datum Bottom of shoulder right
L19 BaseCourse2, Datum Bottom of widening right
L55 BaseCourse2, Datum Bottom of widening left
L39 BaseCourse2, Datum Bottom of shoulder left

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E 2-Lane

This subassembly creates a simple 2 lane roadway with 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Right Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Left Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Right Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Left Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum in Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds a 2 lane roadway with shoulders. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the
set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending
on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top
codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 2 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P5 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P7 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P9 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L8, L11 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E 2-Lane SE

This subassembly creates a simple 2 lane roadway with 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use table
settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard. Once the
superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes 6 feet or
greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 2 lane roadway with shoulders. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can
target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in
the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum
surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 2 lane roadway with shoulders at full superelevation and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P5 R-SHB Right shoulder breakpoint
P46 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P48 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
P9 L-SHB Left shoulder breakpoint
P9 L-Lane1 Left edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L8, L11, L64, L71 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Center

This subassembly creates a simple 3 lane roadway with 2 18’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive curb
18
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 18
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Right Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Left Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Right Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Left Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds a 3 lane roadway with shoulders centered on the PGL at the roadway crown. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target
an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the
roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum
surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P5 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P7 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P9 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L8, L11 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Center

This subassembly creates a simple 3 lane roadway with three 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Inside Bottom face of Curb Boolean Inside bottom face of
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive curb
18
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 18
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Surface Course Depth Surface Course Thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base Course 1 Thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base Course 2 Thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base Course 3 Thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use Base Course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use Base Course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use Base Course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate Couse 2 use as Datum Text IntermediateCouse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base Course 1 use as Datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base Course 2 use as Datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base Course 3 use as Datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using the superelevation data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use the
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6%, or greater the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 3 lane roadway with shoulders. The outside edges of pavement and
shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to
be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to
build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P5 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P46 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P7 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P9 L-SHB Right shoulder break point
P48 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L8, L11, L71, L69 Top Links for Top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Left

This subassembly creates a simple 3 lane roadway with three 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders. The PGL is at the crown of the left two lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of the roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Outside Lane Width Width of right outside lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Right Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Right Outside Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Left Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Right Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Left Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 2 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 2 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Behavior

This subassembly builds a 3 lane roadway with shoulders and the PGL at the crown point of the left two lanes. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder
can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be
included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to
build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Outside edge of pavement on inside right lane
P46 R-Lane2 Outside edge of pavement on right outside lane
P5 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P7 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P9 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L8, L11, L69 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Left SE

This subassembly creates a simple 3 lane roadway with three 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders. The PGL is at the crown of the left two lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of the roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Outside Lane Width Width of right outside lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 2 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 2 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 3 lane roadway with shoulders. The outside edges of pavement and
shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to
be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to
build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Outside edge of pavement on inside right lane
P60 R-Lane11 Outside edge of pavement on right outside lane
P46 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P5 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P7 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P9 L-SHB Left shoulder break point
P48 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L8, L11, L69 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Right

This subassembly creates a simple 3 lane roadway with three 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders. The PGL is at the crown of the right two lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of the roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Outside Lane Width Width of left outside lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Right Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Left Outside Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Left Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Right Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Left Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as Datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base Course 1 use as Datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base Course 2 use as Datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base Course 3 use as Datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 2 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 2 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Behavior

This subassembly builds a 3 lane roadway with shoulders and the PGL at the crown point of the right two lanes. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder
can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be
included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to
build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P5 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P7 L-Lane1 Outside edge of pavement on inside left lane
P46 L-Lane2 Left edge of pavement
P9 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L8, L11, L69 Top Links for Top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E 3-Lane PGL Right SE

This subassembly creates a simple 3 lane roadway with three 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders. The PGL is at the crown of the right two lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of the roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Outside Lane Width Width of left outside lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Include Base Course 1 Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 Use base course 3 Text Yes
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course 2 use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text Basecourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text Basecourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text Basecourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 2 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 2 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Behavior

This subassembly is designed to work with alignments using superelevation curve data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. If the shoulder width becomes
6 feet or greater the shoulder break occurs at 2.5 feet. This subassembly builds a 3 lane roadway with shoulders. The outside edges of pavement and
shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the set lane and shoulder widths. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to
be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to
build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P2 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P5 R-SHB Right shoulder break point
P46 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P7 L-Lane1 Left outside edge of inside lane of pavement
P60 L-Lane11 Left edge of shoulder
P9 L-SHB Left Shoulder break point
P48 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L1, L5, L8, L11, L69, L71, L110 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-9E 2-Lane 3 Layers

This subassembly creates a simple 2 lane roadway with 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Right Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Left Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Right Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Left Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1041
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.750
Shoulder Depth Shoulder thickness Numeric, positive 0.666

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds a 2 lane roadway with shoulders. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the
set lane and shoulder widths. Both the top and bottom levels of pavement can be used to create a top or datum surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 2 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P1 PGL Roadway crown
P7 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P16 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P19 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P23 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L3, L16, L21, L32 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-9E 2-Lane 4 Layers

This subassembly creates a simple 2 lane roadway with 12’ wide lanes and 4’ wide shoulders.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the crown point of the roadway.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Crown point of roadway Boolean Crown point of roadway
Right Lane Width Width of right lane Numeric, positive 12
Left Lane Width Width of left lane Numeric, positive 12
Right Shoulder Width Width of right shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Left Shoulder Width Width of left shoulder Numeric, positive 4
Right Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Left Lane Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -1.60
Right Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Left Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -4.00
Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1041
Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.375
Base Course Depth Base course thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
Shoulder Depth Shoulder thickness Numeric, positive 0.666

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Lt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Shoulder Width May be used to override or adjust shoulder width. Optional
Rt Outside Edge of Pavement Width May be used to override or adjust pavement width. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds a 2 lane roadway with shoulders. The outside edges of pavement and shoulder can target an alignment or polyline and override the
set lane and shoulder widths. Both the top and bottom levels of pavement can be used to create a top or datum surface.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 2 lane roadway with shoulders and all the levels of pavement shown.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description
P1 PGL Roadway crown
P7 R-Lane1 Right edge of pavement
P16 R-SH Right edge of shoulder
P19 L-Lane1 Left edge of pavement
P23 L-SH Left edge of shoulder
L3, L16, L21, L32 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-1E Fill Shallow

This adjustable shallow fill slope subassembly creates a shoulder, foreslope and ditch test for shallow fill heights. The ditch is not drawn for existing surface
slopes less than -2.00%.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge of shoulder.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope Numeric -6.00:1
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric -1.50
Ditch Width Specifies the foreslope ditch width Numeric 2.9167’
Ditch Backslope Specifies the ditch backslope Numeric 6.00:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This adjustable shallow fill slope subassembly creates a shoulder, foreslope and ditch test for shallow fill heights. The ditch is not drawn for existing surface
slopes less than -2.00%. See figures 307-1E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws 8’ shoulder @ -8.00% a foreslope and ditch.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder width
P6 FSLP Foreslope
P16 DT1 Inside ditch point
P17 DT2 Outside ditch point
P19 BK Backslope
L29 GSH, Top, Datum Shoulder
L9 FSLP, Top, Datum Fill foreslope
L19 DITCH-FSLP, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L20 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L21 DKSLP, Top, Datum Ditch backslope

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-1E Fill Shallow and Medium

This adjustable shallow and medium fill slope subassembly creates a shoulder, clear zone, foreslope and ditch test for shallow and medium fill heights. Inside
the clear zone, the ditch foreslope matches the clear zone slope. Outside of the clear zone, the ditch foreslope is input. The ditch is not drawn for existing
surface slopes less than -2.00%.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge of shoulder.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Grade Specifies the shoulder grade Numeric -8.00%
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Clear Zone Slope Specifies the clear zone slope Numeric -8.00:1
Clear Zone Width to Shoulder Specifies the width of clear zone to shoulder Numeric 22’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Foreslope Specifies the ditch foreslope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric -1.00
FSLP Ditch Width Specifies the foreslope ditch width Numeric 4.9167’
Fill 2 Ditch Width Specifies the fill 2 ditch width Numeric 2.00’
Clear Zone Ditch Width Specifies the clear zone ditch width Numeric 2.9167
Ditch BackSlope Specifies the ditch backslope Numeric 6.00:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.
May be used to override the fixed clear zone distance and tie to an offset Optional
Clear Zone alignment. The following object types can be used as targets for specifying
the offset: alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This adjustable shallow and medium fill slope subassembly creates a shoulder, clear zone, foreslope and ditch test for shallow and medium fill heights. Inside
the clear zone, the ditch foreslope matches the clear zone slope. Outside of the clear zone, the ditch foreslope is input. The ditch is not drawn for existing
surface slopes less than -2.00%. See figures 307-1E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws 8’ Shoulder @ -8.00%and 8:1 Clear Zone.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder width
P3 CZ Clear zone
P100 FSLP, Top, Datum Fill foreslope
P5 DT1, Top, Datum Inside ditch point
P7 DT2, Top, Datum Outside ditch point
P101 F3-BK6 6:1 Ditch backslope
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Shoulder
L2 FSLP, Top, Datum Clear zone foreslope
L16 FSLP, Top, Datum Fill foreslope
L6 DITCH-FSLP, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L8 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L17 DKSLP, Top, Datum Ditch backslope

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-1E Fill Medium

This adjustable medium fill slope subassembly creates a shoulder, clear zone, foreslope and ditch test. The ditch is not drawn for existing surface slopes
greater than +10.45% and less than -2.00%.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge of shoulder.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Grade Specifies the shoulder grade Numeric -8.00%
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Clear Zone Slope Specifies the clear zone slope Numeric -8.00:1
Clear Zone Width to Shoulder Specifies the width of clear zone to shoulder Numeric 22’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Foreslope Specifies the ditch foreslope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric -1.00
FSLP Ditch Width Specifies the foreslope ditch width Numeric 4.9167’
Ditch Backslope Specifies the ditch backslope Numeric 6.00:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.
May be used to override the fixed clear zone distance and tie to an offset Optional
Clear Zone alignment. The following object types can be used as targets for specifying
the offset: alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This adjustable medium fill slope subassembly creates a shoulder, clear zone, foreslope and ditch test. The ditch is not drawn for existing surface slopes
greater than +10.45% and less than -2.00% in fill with clear zone foreslope and a 3:1 or 4:1 foreslope and ditch test. See figures 307-1E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws 8’ shoulder @ -8.00%and 8:1 clear zone.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder width
P3 CZ Clear zone
P100 FSLP, Top, Datum Fill foreslope
P5 DT1, Top, Datum Inside ditch point
P7 DT2, Top, Datum Outside ditch point
P101 F3-BK6 6:1 ditch backslope
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Shoulder
L2 FSLP, Top, Datum Clear zone foreslope
L16 FSLP, Top, Datum Fill foreslope
L6 DITCH-FSLP, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L8 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L17 DKSLP, Top, Datum Ditch backslope

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-1E Cut 8 - Urban Interstate

This subassembly creates a graded shoulder, ditch section with 8:1 foreslope, variable ditch width based on backslope and variable backslope based on
daylight to existing surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Slope Specifies the slope of the shoulder Numeric -8.00%
Shoulder Width Specifies the width of shoulder Numeric 8’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope slope Numeric -8:1
Link Code Specifies the link code String Top, Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
Existing Surface
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a graded shoulder, ditch section with 8:1 foreslope, variable ditch width based on backslope and variable backslope based on
daylight to existing surface. See figures 307-1E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 8:1 foreslope and ditch in cut with a 6:1 backslope
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH Graded shoulder width
P3 DT1 Inside ditch point
P4 DT2 Outside ditch point
P5 BKSLP Backslope to daylight
L5 GSH, Top, Datum Top of shoulder
L6 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L7 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L8 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-1E Cut 8 - Rural Interstate

This subassembly creates a graded shoulder, ditch section with 8:1 foreslope, variable ditch width based on backslope and variable backslope based on
daylight to existing surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Slope Specifies the slope of the shoulder Numeric -8.00%
Shoulder Width Specifies the width of shoulder Numeric 8’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope slope Numeric -8:1
Link Code Specifies the link code String Top, Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a graded shoulder, ditch section with 8:1 foreslope, variable ditch width based on backslope and variable backslope based on
daylight to existing surface. See figures 307-1E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 8:1 foreslope and ditch in cut with a 6:1 backslope
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH Graded shoulder width
P3 DT1 Inside ditch point
P4 DT2 Outside ditch point
P5 BKSLP Backslope to daylight
L5 GSH, Top, Datum Top of shoulder
L6 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L7 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L8 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-1E Cut 6 - Urban Interstate

This subassembly creates a graded shoulder, ditch section with 6:1 foreslope, variable ditch width based on backslope and variable backslope based on
daylight to existing surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Slope Specifies the slope of the shoulder Numeric -8.00%
Shoulder Width Specifies the width of shoulder Numeric 8’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope slope Numeric -6:1
Link Code Specifies the link code String Top, Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
Existing Surface
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a graded shoulder, ditch section with 6:1 foreslope, variable ditch width based on backslope and variable backslope based on
daylight to existing surface. See figures 307-1E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 6:1 foreslope and ditch in cut with a 6:1 backslope
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH Graded shoulder width
P3 DT1 Inside ditch point
P4 DT2 Outside ditch point
P5 BKSLP Backslope to daylight
L5 GSH, Top, Datum Top of shoulder
L6 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L7 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L8 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-1E Cut 6 - Rural Interstate

This subassembly creates a graded shoulder, ditch section with 6:1 foreslope, variable ditch width based on backslope and variable backslope based on
daylight to existing surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Slope Specifies the slope of the shoulder Numeric -8.00%
Shoulder Width Specifies the width of shoulder Numeric 8’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope slope Numeric -6:1
Link Code Specifies the link code String Top, Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a graded shoulder, ditch section with 6:1 foreslope, variable ditch width based on backslope and variable backslope based on
daylight to existing surface. See figures 307-1E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 6:1 foreslope and ditch in cut with a 6:1 backslope
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH Graded shoulder width
P3 DT1 Inside ditch point
P4 DT2 Outside ditch point
P5 BKSLP Backslope to daylight
L5 GSH, Top, Datum Top of shoulder
L6 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L7 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L8 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-1E & 307-4E Fill 8-34-2

This adjustable fill slope subassembly creates a shoulder and clear zone in fill with an 8:1 clear zone foreslope and a 3:1 or 4:1 foreslope and ditch test. If the
fill exceeds 16’, a 2:1 foreslope, bench and ditch are drawn. If the existing surface slopes away from the foreslope greater than -2.00%, no ditches are drawn.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge shoulder.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Grade Specifies the shoulder grade Numeric -8.00%
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 10’
Clear Zone Slope Specifies the clear zone slope Numeric -8.00:1
Clear Zone Width to Shoulder Specifies the width of clear zone to shoulder Numeric 20’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Foreslope Specifies the ditch foreslope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric -1.00
FSLP Ditch Width Specifies the foreslope ditch width Numeric 4.9167’
F2 Ditch Width Specifies the 2:1 foreslope ditch width Numeric 2.00’
CZ Ditch Width Specifies the clear zone ditch width Numeric 2.9167’
Deep Back Slope Specifies the deep backslope Numeric 2.00:1
Bench Width Specifies the bench width Numeric 10’
Bench Slope Specifies the bench slope Numeric 1.00%
Ditch Backslope Specifies the ditch backslope Numeric 6.00:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.
May be used to override the fixed clear zone distance and tie to an offset Optional
Clear Zone Width alignment. The following object types can be used as targets for specifying
the offset: alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This adjustable fill slope subassembly creates a shoulder and clear zone in fill with an 8:1 clear zone foreslope, 20’ from the edge of shoulder, a 3:1 or 4:1
foreslope as indicated in the input parameters and a ditch test. If the fill exceeds 16’, a 2:1 foreslope, bench and ditch are drawn at the edge of shoulder. If the
existing surface slopes away from the foreslope greater than -2.00%, no ditches are drawn. See figures 307-1E & 307-4E

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws 10’ shoulder @ -8.00%, clear zone @ 6:1 to the existing surface and a 6:1 foreslope.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder width
P3 CZ Clear zone
P100 FSLP, Top, Datum Fill foreslope
P5 DT1, Top, Datum Inside ditch point
P7 DT2, Top, Datum Outside ditch point
P101 F3-BK6 6:1 ditch backslope
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Shoulder
L2 FSLP, Top, Datum Clear zone foreslope
L16 FSLP, Top, Datum Fill foreslope
L6 DITCH-FSLP, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L8 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L17 DKSLP, Top, Datum Ditch backslope

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Cut 4:1 Foreslope 4:1 Backslope DW Less 4 307 10-E

This subassembly creates a less than 4’ wide ditch in a cut condition with 4:1 foreslope and 4:1 backslope.

It provides the user the ability through the input parameters to adjust all parts of the ditch assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: All parts of the subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the graded shoulder Boolean Top of graded shoulder
Shoulder Grade Grade ( % ) of link Numeric - 8.0%
Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 6
Foreslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric - 4:1
Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 3.5
Ditch Depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 4:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly allows the user to adjust all parts of the assembly and test to see if the existing surface is valid before drawing the ditch and backslope.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly shows the completed ditch.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Top of graded shoulder


P2 GSH Outside edge of graded shoulder
P3 DT1 Inside edge of ditch
P4 DT2 Outside edge of ditch
P5 BKSLP Top of backslope
All links Top, Datum Links for finished grade

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Cut 4:1 Foreslope 4:1 Backslope DW More 4 307 11-E

This subassembly creates a 4’ wide ditch or greater in a cut condition with 4:1 foreslope and 4:1 backslope.

It provides the user the ability through the input parameters to adjust all parts of the ditch assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: All parts of the subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the graded shoulder Boolean Top of graded shoulder
Shoulder Grade Grade ( % ) of link Numeric - 8.0%
Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 6
Foreslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric - 4:1
Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 4
Ditch Depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 4:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly allows the user to adjust all parts of the assembly and test to see if the existing surface is valid before drawing the ditch and backslope.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly shows the completed ditch.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Top of graded shoulder


P2 GSH Outside edge of graded shoulder
P3 DT1 Inside edge of ditch
P4 DT2 Outside edge of ditch
P5 BKSLP Top of backslope
All links Top, Datum Links for finished grade

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Fill 4-1 & 3-1 Foreslope W Bench DD More 16 307-3E & 307-4E

This subassembly creates a fill slope with a bench and ditch that can be added left and right to roadways.

The assembly provides the user, through the input parameters, the ability to adjust all parts of the assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: All parts of the subassembly are adjustable. Ditch depth may be adjusted to 2’ deep

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the graded shoulder Boolean Top of graded shoulder
Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -8.0%
Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 6
Clear Zone Slope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Clear Zone Width Width of clear zone Numeric, positive 14
Foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -3:1
Bench Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -3.0%
Bench Width Width of bench Numeric, positive 10
Ditch Foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Ditch Depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1
Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 2
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 3:1
Deep Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 2:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly allows the user to adjust all parts of the assembly. This assembly will test for the existing surface before drawing the clear zone foreslope
from the edge of the graded shoulder to the existing ground. If the clear zone slope hits the existing ground before the clear zone offset distance test, it will
draw the clear zone foreslope to the existing ground. It will then test the existing ground slope before adding in the bench and ditch while also checking the
validity of adding in the ditch backslope. If the surface test is valid the assembly will draw the bench, ditch and the backslope to the existing surface. If the
surface test isn’t valid, then the bench, ditch nor the backslope will be added to the existing surface. This assembly will also test the ditch depth to the existing
surface and switch the backslope if the ditch depth is greater than 5 feet. If the clear zone offset distance test is valid, then the assembly will switch the
foreslope at the clear zone offset to the input parameter for foreslope. The assembly will then extend this slope to the existing surface. The assembly will then
once again test for the bench, ditch and backslope as it did previously before adding or not adding the bench, ditch and backslope to the existing surface. The
overall clear zone distance is set to 20 feet (the shoulder width and clear zone width may vary, but must equal 20 feet).
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly only shows the graded shoulder and the slope to the clear zone. When the assembly is added to the roadway corridor it will
draw all the slopes in the roadway view for the cross sections.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Inside graded shoulder


P2 GSH Outside graded shoulder
P3 CZ Point for clear zone
P4 FSLP Bottom of foreslope
P5 BENCH Outside of bench
P6 DT1 Inside of ditch
P7 DT2 Outside of ditch
P8 BKSLP Top of foreslope
P9 BLSLP Top of deep foreslope (if used)
All links Top, Datum Links for finished grade

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Fill 4:1 & 3:1 Foreslope DD Less 16 307-3E & 307-4E

This subassembly creates a fill slope with a ditch that can be added left and right to roadways.

The assembly provides the user through the input parameters the ability to adjust all parts of the assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: All parts of the subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the graded shoulder Boolean Top of graded shoulder
Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -8.0%
Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 6
Clear Zone Foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Clear Zone Width to Shoulder Width of clear zone Numeric, positive 20
Foreslope past Clear Zone Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -3:1
Ditch Foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -3:1
Ditch Depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1
Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 2
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 3:1
Deep Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 2:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This assembly will test for the existing surface before drawing the clear zone foreslope from the edge of the graded shoulder to the existing ground. If the clear
zone slope hits existing ground before the clear zone offset distance test, it will draw the clear zone foreslope to the existing ground. It will then test the existing
ground slope before adding in the ditch while also checking the validity of adding in the ditch backslope. If the surface test is valid the assembly will draw the
ditch and backslope to the existing surface. If the surface test isn’t valid, then neither the ditch nor the backslope will be added to the existing surface. This
assembly will also test the ditch depth to the existing surface and switch the backslope if the ditch depth is greater than 5 feet. If the clear zone offset distance
test is valid, the assembly will switch the foreslope at the clear zone offset to the input parameter for foreslope. The assembly will then extend this slope to the
existing surface. The assembly will then once again test for the ditch and backslope as it did previously before adding or not adding the ditch and backslope to
the existing surface. The overall clear zone distance is set to 26 feet (the shoulder width and clear zone width may vary, but must equal 26 feet)
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly only shows the graded shoulder and the slope to the clear zone. When the assembly is added to the roadway corridor it will
draw all the slopes in the roadway view for the cross sections.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Inside graded shoulder


P2 GSH Outside graded shoulder
P3 CZ Clear zone offset point
P4 FSLP Bottom of foreslope at existing ground
P5 DT1 Inside of ditch
P6 DT2 Outside of ditch
P7 BKSLP Top of backslope
P8 BLSLP Top of deep backslope (if used)
All links Top, Datum Links for finished grade

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Fill 4:1 Foreslope 4:1 Backslope DW Less 4 307 10-E

This subassembly creates a ditch less than 4’ wide in a fill condition with 4:1 foreslope and 4:1 backslope.

The subassembly provides the user the ability through the input parameters to adjust all parts of the ditch assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: All parts of the subassembly are adjustable. The ditch foreslope uses the foreslope input parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the graded shoulder Boolean Top of graded shoulder
Shoulder Grade Grade ( % ) of link Numeric - 8.0%
Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 8
Foreslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric - 4:1
Ditch Depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1
Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 3.5
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 4:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This assembly will test for the existing surface before drawing the foreslope from the edge of the graded shoulder to the existing ground. If the existing surface
is found to be valid, the foreslope will be drawn to the existing ground. It will then test the existing ground slope before adding in the ditch while also checking
the validity of adding in the ditch backslope. If the surface test is valid the assembly will then draw the ditch and backslope to the existing surface. If the surface
test isn’t valid, then neither the ditch nor the backslope will be added to the existing surface.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly only shows the graded shoulder and the foreslope. When the assembly is added to the roadway corridor it will draw all the
slopes in the roadway view for the cross sections.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Top of graded shoulder


P2 GSH Outside edge of graded shoulder
P3 FSLP Foreslope hitting existing ground
P4 DT1 Inside edge of ditch
P5 DT2 Outside edge of ditch
P6 BKSLP Top of backslope
All links Top, Datum Links for finished grade

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Fill 4:1 Foreslope 4:1 Backslope DW More 4 307 11-E

This subassembly creates a ditch 4’ wide or greater in a fill condition with 4:1 foreslope and 4:1 backslope.

The subassembly provides the user the ability through the input parameters to adjust all parts of the ditch assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: All parts of the subassembly are adjustable. The ditch foerslope uses the foreslope input parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the graded shoulder Boolean Top of graded shoulder
Shoulder Grade Grade ( % ) of link Numeric - 8.0%
Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 8
Foreslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric - 4:1
Ditch Depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1
Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 4
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 4:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This assembly will test for the existing surface before drawing the foreslope from the edge of the graded shoulder to the existing ground. If the existing surface
is found to be valid, the foreslope will be drawn to the existing ground. It will then test the existing ground slope before adding in the ditch while also checking
the validity of adding in the ditch backslope. If the surface test is valid, the assembly will then draw the ditch and backslope to the existing surface. If the
surface test isn’t valid, then neither the ditch nor the backslope will be added to the existing surface.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly only shows the graded shoulder and the foreslope. When the assembly is added to the roadway corridor it will draw all the
slopes in the roadway view for the cross sections.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Top of graded shoulder


P2 GSH Outside edge of graded shoulder
P3 FSLP Foreslope hitting existing ground
P4 DT1 Inside edge of ditch
P5 DT2 Outside edge of ditch
P6 BKSLP Top of backslope
All links Top, Datum Links for finished grade

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Fill 4-1 Foreslope W Bench DD More 16 307-3E & 307-4E

This subassembly creates a fill slope with a bench and ditch that can be added left and right to roadways.

The assembly provides the user through the input parameters the ability to adjust all parts of the assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: All parts of the subassembly are adjustable. Ditch depth may be adjusted to 2’ deep.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the graded shoulder Boolean Top of graded shoulder
Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -8.0%
Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 6
Clear Zone Slope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Clear Zone Width to Shoulder Width of clear zone Numeric, positive 14
Foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Bench Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -3.0%
Bench Width Width of bench Numeric, positive 10
Ditch foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Ditch Depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1
Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 2
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 3:1
Deep Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 2:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly allows the user to adjust all parts of the assembly. This assembly will test for the existing surface before drawing the clear zone foreslope
from the edge of the graded shoulder to the existing ground. If the clear zone slope hits the existing ground before the clear zone offset distance test, it will
draw the clear zone foreslope to the existing ground. It will then test the existing ground slope before adding in the bench and ditch while also checking the
validity of adding in the ditch backslope. If the surface test is valid, the assembly will draw the bench, ditch and the backslope to the existing surface. If the
surface test isn’t valid, then the bench, ditch nor the backslope to the existing surface will be added. This assembly will also test the ditch depth to the existing
surface and switch the backslope if the ditch depth is greater than 5 feet. If the clear zone offset distance test is valid, then the assembly will switch the
foreslope at the clear zone offset to the input parameter for foreslope. The assembly will then extend this slope to the existing surface. The assembly will then
once again test for the bench, ditch and backslope as it did previously before adding or not adding the bench, ditch and backslope to the existing surface. The
overall clear zone distance is set to 20 feet (the shoulder width and clear zone width may vary, but must equal 20 feet).
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly only shows the graded shoulder and the slope to the clear zone. When the assembly is added to the roadway corridor it will
draw all the slopes in the roadway view for the cross sections.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Inside graded shoulder


P2 GSH Outside graded shoulder
P3 CZ Point for clear zone
P4 FSLP Bottom of foreslope
P5 BENCH Outside of bench
P6 DT1 Inside of ditch
P7 DT2 Outside of ditch
P8 BKSLP Top of foreslope
P9 BLSLP Top of deep foreslope (if used)
All links Top, Datum Links for finished grade

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Fill 4:1 Foreslope DD Less 16 307-3E & 307-4E

This subassembly creates a fill slope with a ditch that can be added left and right to roadways.

The assembly provides the user through the input parameters the ability to adjust all parts of the assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: All parts of the subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the graded shoulder Boolean Top of graded shoulder
Shoulder Grade Grade (%) of link Numeric -8.0%
Shoulder Width Width of shoulder Numeric, positive 6
Clear Zone Foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Clear Zone Width to Shoulder Width of clear zone Numeric, positive 20
Foreslope Past Clear Zone Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Ditch Foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -4:1
Ditch Depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1
Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 2
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 3:1
Deep Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 2:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This assembly will test for the existing surface before drawing the clear zone foreslope from the edge of the graded shoulder to the existing ground. If the clear
zone slope hits existing ground before the clear zone offset distance test, it will draw the clear zone foreslope to the existing ground. It will then test the existing
ground slope before adding in the ditch while also checking the validity of adding in the ditch backslope. If the surface test is valid, the assembly will draw the
ditch and backslope to the existing surface. If the surface test isn’t valid, then neither the ditch nor the backslope will be added to the existing surface. This
assembly will also test the ditch depth to the existing surface and switch the backslope if the ditch depth is greater than 5 feet. If the clear zone offset distance
test is valid, the assembly will switch the foreslope at the clear zone offset to the input parameter for foreslope. The assembly will then extend this slope to the
existing surface. The assembly will then once again test for the ditch and backslope as it did previously before adding or not adding the ditch and backslope to
the existing surface. The overall clear zone distance is set to 26 feet (the shoulder width and clear zone width may vary, but must equal 26 feet)
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly only shows the graded shoulder and the slope to the clear zone. When the assembly is added to the roadway corridor it will
draw all the slopes in the roadway view for the cross sections.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Inside graded shoulder


P2 GSH Outside graded shoulder
P3 CZ Clear zone offset point
P4 FSLP Bottom of foreslope at existing ground
P5 DT1 Inside of ditch
P6 DT2 Outside of ditch
P7 BKSLP Top of backslope
P8 BLSLP Top of deep backslope (if used)
All links Top, Datum Links for finished grade

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-4E Fill 2-1 with Ditch Test

This subassembly creates a 2:1 fill slope, bench and bitch test with 10’ graded shoulder. If existing surface slopes away from the foreslope greater than 2%,
ditch is not drawn.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Ditch Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric 2’
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric -1.5’
Bench Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric 10’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a 10’ graded shoulder with a 2:1 foreslope, bench and ditch. It tests for degree of slope of existing ground. If existing ground slopes
away from the fill slope greater than 2%, ditch is not drawn. See figure 307-4E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 2:1 foreslope, bench and ditch.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH2 Minimum graded shoulder width
P7 F2-FSLP2 Foreslope to bench
P20 F2-BN Bench
P21 F2-DT1 Inside ditch point
P22 F2-DT2 Outside ditch point
P24 F2-BK2 Ditch backslope
L29 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder
L10 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L24 BENCH, Top, Datum Bench
L25 DT-FSLP2, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L26 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L28 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope to daylight

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-4E Cut

This subassembly creates an in-cut ditch section with a graded shoulder, foreslope, ditch and an automatic backslope adjustment of 3:1 or 2:1 based on
daylight to the existing surface. Subassembly is adjustable.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Width Specifies shoulder width Numeric 10’
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope slope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric -1.5’
Shoulder Slope Specifies the slope of the shoulder Numeric -8.00%
Ditch Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric 2’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
Existing Surface
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Inside Edge of Ditch May be used to override or adjust inside ditch offset location. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a graded shoulder and foreslope. This subassembly tests for degree of foreslope.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3:1 foreslope with ditch and 3:1 backslope.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH-1 Minimum graded shoulder width
P4 C4-DT1 Inside ditch point
P5 C4-DT2 Outside ditch point
P6 C4-BK2 Daylight to existing surface point
P7 C4-BK3 Daylight to existing surface point
L1 GSH,Top, Datum Top of shoulder
L3 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L4 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L5 BKSLP, Top, Datum 2:1 backslope to daylight

Page 1 May 3, 2013


L6 BKSLP, Top, Datum 3:1 backslope to daylight

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-4E Fill

This subassembly creates a fill slope to existing surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Foreslope Slope Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric 3:1
Shoulder Width Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric 10’
Shoulder Slope Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric -8.00%

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
Existing Surface
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a graded shoulder with a foreslope to the existing surface. See figure 307-4E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3:1 foreslope.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH2 Minimum graded shoulder width
P3 F3-FSLP2 Foreslope to bench
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder
L2 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-4E Fill with Ditch Test

This subassembly creates a fill slope and ditch test with graded shoulder and ditch backslope. If existing surface slopes away from the foreslope greater than
2%, ditch is not drawn. If bottom of ditch to existing surface distance exceeds 5’, ditch backslope is 2:1.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 10’
Shoulder Grade Specifies the shoulder grade Numeric -8.00%
Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric 2’
Depth of Ditch from Toe of Slope Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric -1.5’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a graded shoulder with a foreslope and ditch. It tests for degree of slope of existing ground. If existing ground slopes away from the
fill slope greater than 2%, ditch is not drawn. If bottom of ditch to existing surface distance exceeds 5’, ditch backslope is 2:1. See figure 307-4E

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3:1 foreslope and ditch.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH2 Minimum graded shoulder width
P6 F3-FSLP2 Foreslope to existing surface
P16 F3-DT1 Inside ditch point
P17 F3-DT2 Outside ditch point
P18 F3-BK2 Deep ditch backslope
P19 F3-BK3 Ditch backslope
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder
L9 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L19 DT-FSLP2, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L20 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L21 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope to daylight
L22 BKSLP, Top, Datum Deep backslope to daylight

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Single Slope Type B

This subassembly creates a two sided single slope barrier on a roadway surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the middle bottom of the barrier.

Input Parameters

Note: Barrier subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Middle bottom of barrier Boolean Middle bottom of barrier

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a two sided single slope barrier with the attachment point at the middle bottom of the barrier.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the barrier shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 BAR-1 Middle bottom of barrier


P2 R-B1 Bottom of barrier
P3 R-B2 Barrier curb
P4 L-B1 Bottom of barrier
P5 L-B2 Barrier curb
P6 L-BT Top of barrier
P7 R-BT Top of barrier
All links Barrier
S1 Barrier_TypeB

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Single Slope Type B 1

This subassembly creates a two sided single slope barrier on a roadway surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the middle bottom of the barrier.

Input Parameters

Note: Barrier subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point Middle bottom of barrier Boolean Middle bottom of barrier

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a two sided single slope barrier with the attachment point at the middle bottom of the barrier.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the barrier shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 BAR-1 Middle bottom of barrier


P2 R-B1 Bottom of barrier
P3 R-B2 Barrier curb
P4 L-B1 Bottom of barrier
P5 L-B2 Barrier curb
P6 L-BT Top of barrier
P7 R-BT Top of barrier
All links Barrier
S1 Barrier_TypeB1

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Single Slope Type C

This subassembly creates a two sided single slope barrier with different curb heights on a roadway surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is on the bottom of the barrier.

Input Parameters

Note: Barrier subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Bottom of barrier Boolean Bottom of barrier

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a two sided single slope barrier with different curb heights and the attachment point is on the bottom of the barrier.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the barrier shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 BAR-1 Middle bottom of barrier


P2 R-B1 Bottom of barrier
P3 R-B2 Barrier curb
P4 L-B1 Bottom of barrier
P5 L-B2 Barrier curb
P6 L-BT Top of barrier
P7 R-BT Top of barrier
All links Barrier
S1 Barrier_TypeC

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Single Slope Type C 1

This subassembly creates a two sided single slope barrier with different curb heights on a roadway surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is on the bottom of the barrier.

Input Parameters

Note: Barrier subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the Subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Bottom of barrier Boolean Bottom of barrier

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a two sided single slope barrier with different curb heights and the attachment point is on the bottom of the barrier.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the barrier shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 BAR-1 Middle bottom of barrier


P2 R-B1 Bottom of barrier
P3 R-B2 Barrier curb
P4 L-B1 Bottom of barrier
P5 L-B2 Barrier curb
P6 L-BT Top of barrier
P7 R-BT Top of barrier
All links Barrier
S1 Barrier_TypeC1

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Single Slope Type D

This subassembly creates a two sided single slope barrier with a curb height for one side on a roadway surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the left bottom of the barrier.

Input Parameters

Note: Barrier subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the Subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Left bottom of barrier Boolean Left bottom of barrier

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a two sided single slope barrier with different curb heights and the attachment point is on the bottom of the barrier.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the barrier shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 L-B1 Bottom of barrier


P2 R-B1 Bottom of barrier
P3 R-BT Top barrier
P4 L-B2 Barrier curb
P5 L-BT Top of barrier
All links Barrier
S1 Barrier_TypeD

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 2

This subassembly creates a simple curb & gutter structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the gutter flange.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point The gutter flange Boolean The gutter flange

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb & gutter with the attachment point at the gutter flange.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb & gutter shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Flange of gutter
P3 GUT Flow line of gutter
P4 CTF Top of curb
P5 CB1 Back curb
L2, L3, L4 Curb, Top Links for finished grade
L5 Datum
S1 Curb2

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 2-B

This subassembly creates a simple curb & gutter structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the gutter flange.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point The gutter flange Boolean The gutter flange

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb & gutter with the attachment point at the gutter flange.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb & gutter shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Flange of gutter
P4 GUT Flow line of gutter
P6 CTF Top of curb
P7 CTB Back curb
L3, L6, L7 Curb, Top Links for finished grade
L8 Datum
S1 WearingCourse
S2 Curb2b

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 3

This subassembly creates a simple curb & gutter structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the gutter flange.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point The gutter flange Boolean The gutter flange

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb & gutter with the attachment point at the gutter flange.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb & gutter shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Flange of gutter
P3 GUT Flow line of gutter
P4 CTB Top of curb
L1, L3 Curb, Top Links for finished grade
L4 Datum
S1 Curb2b

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 4

This subassembly creates a simple curb & gutter structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the gutter flange.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point The gutter flange Boolean The gutter flange

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb & gutter with the attachment point at the gutter flange.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb & gutter shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Flange of gutter
P3 GUT Flow line of gutter
P4 CTF Top of curb
P5 CB1 Back curb
L2, L3, L4 Curb, Top Curb Links for finished grade
L5 Datum
S1 Curb4

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 4-A

This subassembly creates a simple curb structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside bottom face of curb.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Inside bottom face of curb Boolean Inside bottom face of
curb

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb with the attachment point at the inside bottom face of curb.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Bottom face of curb


P2 CTF Top of curb
P3 CTB Top face of curb
P4 CB1 Back of curb
L1, L2 Curb, Top Links for finished grade
S1 Curb4A

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 4-B

This subassembly creates a simple curb & gutter structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the left top of the gutter flag.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Flange of gutter Boolean Flange of gutter

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb & gutter with the attachment point at the flange of gutter.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb & gutter shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Flange of gutter
P4 GUT Flow line of gutter
P6 CTF Top of curb
P7 CTB Back of curb
L3, L6, L7 Curb, Top Curb links for finished grade
L8 Datum
S1 WearingCourse
S2 Curb4B

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 4-C

This subassembly creates a simple curb structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside bottom face of curb.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Inside bottom face of curb Boolean Inside bottom face of
curb

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb with the attachment point at the inside bottom face of curb.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Bottom face of curb


P3 CTF Top face of curb
P4 CTB Top of curb
L2, L3 Curb, Top Links for finished grade
L4 Curb, Datum
S1 Curb4C

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 6

This subassembly creates a simple curb structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside bottom face of Curb.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Inside bottom face of curb Boolean Inside bottom face of
curb

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb with the attachment point at the inside bottom face of curb.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Bottom face of curb


P3 CTF Top of curb
P4 CTB Back of curb
L2, L3 Curb, Top Links for finished grade
L4 Curb, Datum
S1 Curb6

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 7

This subassembly creates a simple curb structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside bottom face of curb.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Inside bottom face of curb Boolean Inside bottom face of
curb

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb with the attachment point at the inside bottom face of curb.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Bottom face of curb


P3 CTF Top of curb
P4 CTB Top of curb
L2, L3 Curb, Top Links for finished grade
L4 Curb, Datum
S1 Curb7

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Curb Type 8

This subassembly creates a simple curb structure at the inside or outside edges of roadway.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside bottom face of curb.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point Inside bottom face of curb Boolean Inside bottom face of
curb

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Target Parameters: None.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds the shape for a simple curb with the attachment point at the inside bottom face of curb.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the curb shape as defined.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 EP Bottom face of curb


P3 CTF Top of curb
P4 CTB Back of curb
L2, L3 Curb, Top Links for finished grade
L4 Curb, Datum
S1 Curb8

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E Depressed

This subassembly creates a depressed median with variable slopes with a 4’ wide ditch and includes the left and right inside lanes and shoulders. The PGL is
at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the
inside edges of pavement
R-Lane Grade % Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link edges
1.60%
L-Lane Grade % Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link 1.60%
R-Lane Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L-Lane Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R-Shoulder Grade % Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
L-Shoulder Grade % Grade (%) of link Grade (%) of link -4.0%
R-Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L-Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R-Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L-Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R-Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L-Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 Thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R-Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L–Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R-Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L-Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R-Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L-Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Enter Median Grades 4:1, 6:1 or 8:1 Median grade to use Text 4:1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text Intermediatecourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text BaseCourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lt Median Ditch Elevation May be used to override median ditch elevation. Optional
Lt Median Graded Shoulder Elevation May be used to override graded shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Median Ditch Elevation May be used to override median ditch elevation. Optional
Rt Median Graded Shoulder Elevation May be used to override graded shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly builds a depressed median with variable slopes and includes the left and right inside lanes and shoulders. The PGL is located at the inside
edge of the left and right lanes. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending
on the level of pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top
codes assigned to the surface course for making a top surface. This assembly also lets the user enter the grades to be used to construct the median with a 4’
wide ditch. The inside shoulder widths are not adjustable.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the median with a 4’ wide ditch and the inside left and right lanes and shoulders with all the levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Point of grade
P29 L-PGL Point of grade
P6 R-SH1 Right lanes inside edge of shoulder
P33 L-SH1 Left lanes inside edge of shoulder
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P55 R-MGSH Right edge of median shoulder
P56 L-MGSH Left edge of median shoulder
P57 L-MDT Left edge of median ditch
P58 R-MDT Right edge of median ditch
L1, L5, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, L83 Top Links for top surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


304-1E Depressed SE

This subassembly creates a depressed median with variable slopes with a 4’ wide ditch and includes the left and right inside lanes and shoulders. The PGL is
located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Attachment

The attachment point is located at the midway point between the PGL points located at the inside edge of the left and right lanes.

Input Parameters

Note: Most parts of this subassembly are adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default

Insertion Point Midway between the inside edges of pavement. Boolean Midway between the inside
edges of pavement edges
R-Lane Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
L-Lane Width Width of lane Numeric, positive 12
R-Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
L-Lanes Surface Course Depth Surface course thickness Numeric, positive 0.1042
R-Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
L-Lanes Intermediate Course 1 Depth Intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.1458
R-Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
L-Lanes Intermediate Course 2 Depth Intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.333
R-Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L–Lanes Base Course 1 Depth Base course 1 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R-Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
L-Lanes Base Course 2 Depth Base course 2 thickness Numeric, positive 0.50
R-Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
L-Lanes Base Course 3 Depth Base course 3 thickness Numeric, positive 0.6667
Include Base Course 1 L & R Use base course 1 Text Yes
Include Base Course 2 L & R Use base course 2 Text Yes
Include Base Course 3 L & R Use base course 3 Text Yes
Enter Median Grades 4:1, 6:1 or 8:1 Median grade to use Text 4:1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Intermediate course use as datum Text IntermediateCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 1 use as datum Text BaseCourse1
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 2 use as datum Text BaseCourse2
Add, Datum if Bottom Base Course Base course 3 use as datum Text BaseCourse3,Datum

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects

Parameter Description Status


Lt Median Ditch Elevation May be used to override or adjust ditch elevation. Optional
Lt Median Graded Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust graded shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Lt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Lt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Rt Median Ditch Elevation May be used to override or adjust ditch elevation. Optional
Rt Median Graded Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust graded shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional
Rt Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Rt Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Behavior

This subassembly is design to work with alignments using the superelevation data along the entire alignment. The lane and shoulder slopes use the
superelevation table settings. The shoulder break over in this subassembly works independently from the shoulder break over in the superelevation wizard.
Once the superelevation slope reaches 6% or greater, the shoulders will break over at -1.0%, 2 feet from the edge of pavement. This subassembly builds a
depressed median with variable slopes and includes the left and right inside lanes and shoulders. The PGL is located at the inside edge of the left and right
lanes. This assembly allows the user to decide the levels of pavement to be included in the roadway section (from 3 to 6). Depending on the level of
pavements used, the user will then be able to assign the datum code to that level to build a datum surface. This assembly also includes top codes assigned to
the surface course for making a top surface. This assembly also lets the user enter the grades to be used to construct the median with a 4’ wide ditch. The
inside shoulder widths are not adjustable.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the median with a 4’ wide ditch and the inside left and right lanes and shoulders with all levels of pavement shown.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description


P2 R-PGL Point of grade
P29 L-PGL Point of grade
P6 R-MSH Right lanes inside edge of shoulder
P33 L-MSH Left lanes inside edge of shoulder
P67 R-MSHB Right shoulder break point
P69 L-MSHB Left shoulder break point
P3 R-LANE1 Right lanes crown point
P30 L-LANE1 Left lanes crown point
P55 R-MGSH Right edge of median shoulder
P56 L-MGSH Left edge of median shoulder
P57 L-MDT Left edge of median ditch
P58 R-MDT Right edge of median ditch
L1, L5, L39, L43, L79, L80, L81, L82, L83, Top Links for top surface
L101, L103

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Standard Ditch

This subassembly creates a standard ditch that can be added left and right to roadways.

The subassembly provides the user the ability through the input parameters to adjust all parts of the ditch assembly.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top of the foreslope.

Input Parameters

Note: Curb subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Insertion Point At the top of the foreslope. Boolean Top of foreslope
Ditch foreslope Slope ( X :1 ) of link Numeric -2:1
Ditch depth Depth of ditch Numeric, positive 1.5
Ditch width Width of ditch Numeric, positive 2
Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 3:1
Deep Backslope Slope (X :1) of link Numeric 2:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Existing Surface Name of the daylight surface. Required
Front of Ditch Elevation May be used to override or adjust ditch elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly allows the user to adjust all parts of the assembly. The subassembly will test for the ditch depth and back slope to the targeted surface. If
the ditch depth is 5 feet or greater and the backslope test is valid, the backslope will switch to the deep backslope.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly only shows the standard ditch sections with a 3:1 backslope.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them.

Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 FLSP Top of foreslope


P2 DT1 Inside edge of ditch
P3 DT2 Outside edge of ditch
P4 BKSLP Top of backslope
P5 BKSLP Top of deep backslope
All links FSLP, DITCH, BKSLP, Top, Datum

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Pavt & Type 2 Curb

This subassembly creates a 4-layer pavement section with a type 2 curb & gutter.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Lane Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Curb Height Specifies the height of curb Numeric 0.5’’
Gutter Plate Thickness Specifies the gutter plate thickness Numeric -0.75’
Gutter Width Specifies the width of the gutter Numeric 4.0’
Pavement 1 Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Pavement 2 Thickness Specifies pavement 2 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Pavement 3 Thickness Specifies pavement 3 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Pavement 4 Thickness Specifies pavement 4 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Step Behind Curb Specifies step width behind curb Numeric 1.0’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a 4-layer pavement section and type 2 curb. The right outside lane slope is set at the right edge of pavement.
The curb gutter slope is -4%. The base extends 1’ beyond the curb & gutter and is adjustable. Refer to figure 301-8E.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and type 2 curb & gutter.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P5 PGL-4 Base PGL
P6 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P10 LN1-4S Bottom of base
P11 GUT Gutter flow line
P12 CTF Curb top face
P13 CTB Curb top back
P16 CB-3 Curb back bottom

Page 1 May 3, 2013


P19 CB-S1 Curb base step
P20 LN1-4S Bottom of base
L3 BaseCourse2, Top, Datum Base extension
L4 Datum Base 2 vertical link
L5 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom
L6 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom
L21 Curb, Top Gutter top
L22 CTF, Top Curb face
L23 CTB, Top Curb top
L24 Datum Curb back
S1 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course 2 shape
S2 Pavt Lane 1-3 Base course 1 shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Pavt & Type 2 Curb-SE Lt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a type 2 curb & gutter.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Lane Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Curb Height Specifies the height of curb Numeric 0.5’’
Gutter Plate Thickness Specifies the gutter plate thickness Numeric -0.75’
Gutter Width Specifies the width of the gutter Numeric 4.0’
Pavement 1 Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Pavement 2 Thickness Specifies pavement 2 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Pavement 3 Thickness Specifies pavement 3 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Pavement 4 Thickness Specifies pavement 4 thickness Numeric -0.500’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section and type 2 curb. The right outside lane slope is set at the right edge of pavement.
The curb gutter slope is -4%. The base extends 1’ beyond the curb & gutter for pavement slopes of less than 0.00%. For pavement slopes greater than
0.00%, the base matches the back of curb. For pavement slopes greater than 3.00%, the gutter provides an overbreak at 2’ from edge of pavement for gutter
widths less than or equal to 4’, and 2.5’ for gutter widths greater than 4’. For pavement slopes from 0.00%-3.00% the gutter slope matches the pavement
slope. Refer to figure 301-8E. This subassembly is to be used on the left side only.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the superelevated pavement layers and type 2 curb & gutter.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P5 PGL-4 Base PGL
P7 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P33 SHB Shoulder break
P44 GUT Gutter flow line
P45 CTF Curb top face
P46 CTB Curb top back

Page 1 May 3, 2013


P50 CB-1 Curb back bottom
P51 LN1-4S Bottom of base
L18 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L31 Curb, Top Gutter top
L34 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom
L35 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom
L45 Curb, Top Gutter top
L46 CTF, Top Curb face
L47 CTB, Top Curb top
L48 Datum Curb back
L52 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom link
L54 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom
S9 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course 2 shape
S2 Pavt Lane 1-3 Base course 1 shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Pavt & Type 2 Curb-SE Rt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a type 2 curb & gutter.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Lane Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Curb Height Specifies the height of curb Numeric 0.5’’
Gutter Plate Thickness Specifies the gutter plate thickness Numeric -0.75’
Gutter Width Specifies the width of the gutter Numeric 4.0’
Pavement 1 Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Pavement 2 Thickness Specifies pavement 2 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Pavement 3 Thickness Specifies pavement 3 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Pavement 4 Thickness Specifies pavement 4 thickness Numeric -0.500’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section and type 2 curb. The right outside lane slope is set at the right edge of pavement.
The curb gutter slope is -4%. The base extends 1’ beyond the curb & gutter for pavement slopes of less than 0.00%. For pavement slopes greater than 0.00%,
the base matches the back of curb. For pavement slopes greater than 3.00%, the gutter provides an overbreak at 2’ from edge of pavement for gutter widths
less than or equal to 4’, and 2.5’ for gutter widths greater than 4’. For pavement slopes from 0.00%-3.00% the gutter slope matches the pavement slope.
Refer to figure 301-8E. This subassembly is to be used on the right side only.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the superelevated pavement layers and type 2 curb & gutter.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P5 PGL-4 Base PGL
P7 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P33 SHB Shoulder break
P44 GUT Gutter flow line
P45 CTF Curb top face
P46 CTB Curb top back

Page 1 May 3, 2013


P50 CB-1 Curb back bottom
P51 LN1-4S Bottom of base
L18 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L31 Curb, Top Gutter top
L34 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom
L35 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom
L45 Curb, Top Gutter top
L46 CTF, Top Curb face
L47 CTB, Top Curb top
L48 Datum Curb back
L52 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom link
L54 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom
S9 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course 2 shape
S2 Pavt Lane 1-3 Base course 1 shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Pavt & Type 6 Curb

This subassembly creates a 4-layer pavement section with type 6 curb.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Lane Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Curb Height Specifies the height of the curb Numeric -0.5’
Gutter Plate Thickness Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -0.75’
Pavement 1 Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Pavement 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Pavement 3 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Pavement 4 Thickness Specifies base course thickness Numeric -0.500’
Step Behind Curb Specifies the step width behind the curb Numeric 1.0’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a 4-layer pavement section with a type 6 curb. Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes. Refer to standard roadway
construction drawing “Concrete Curbs and Combined Curb and Gutters-BP-5.1.”

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and curb.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P5 PGL-4 PGL pavement layer 4
P6 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P10 Lane1-4 Lane 1 pavement layer 4
P11 CTF Curb top face
P12 CTB Curb top back
P13 CB-3 Curb back bottom
P17 CB-S1 Curb back step

Page 1 May 3, 2013


P18 LN1-4S Lane 1, pavement layer 4 step
L16 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L22 CTB, Top Back of curb
L3 BaseCourse2 Top of base step
L4 - Closed base step
L5 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course bottom link
L6 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course bottom link
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-3 Base course 1 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course 2 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Pavt – PGL at Crown

This subassembly creates a simple 6-layer pavement section with PGL at the crown.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 3 Thickness Specifies base course 3 thickness Numeric -0.500’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a 6-layer pavement section with PGL at the crown. Pavement thicknesses, lane width, and pavement slope, are adjustable.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and type 2 curb & gutter.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P8 Lane1 Edge of pavement
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L23 BaseCourse3, Datum Base course 3 link
S1 Pavt1 Surface course shape
S2 Pavt2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S3 Pavt3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S4 Pavt4 Base course 1 shape
S5 Pavt5 Base course 2 shape
S6 Pavt6 Base course 3 shape

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Pavt – PGL at Crown- 2-Lanes

This subassembly creates a simple 2-lane, 6-layer pavement section with PGL at the crown.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Lane 1 Width Specifies the lane 1 width Numeric 12’
Lane 2 Width Specifies the lane 2 width Numeric 12’
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 3 Thickness Specifies base course 3 thickness Numeric -0.500’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Lane 2 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 2 pavement elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a 2-lane, 6-layer pavement section with PGL at the crown. Pavement thicknesses, lane widths, and pavement slope, are adjustable.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and type 2 curb & gutter.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P8 Lane1 Edge of lane 1
P14 Lane1-6 Base of lane 1
P15 Lane2 Edge of lane 2
P21 Lane2 Base of lane 2
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link lane 1
L2 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link lane 2

Page 1 May 3, 2013


L34 BaseCourse3, Datum Base course 3 link lane 2
L35 BaseCourse3, Datum Base course 3 link lane 1
S1 Pavt1 Surface course shape
S2 Pavt2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S3 Pavt3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S4 Pavt4 Base course 1 shape
S5 Pavt5 Base course 2 shape
S6 Pavt6 Base course 3 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E-4-Layers- Curbed

This subassembly creates a 4-layer pavement section, paved shoulder and curb.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Lane 1 Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 4’
Shoulder Slope Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course thickness Numeric -0.500’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a 4-layer pavement section and paved shoulder with a curb. The right outside lane slope is set at the right edge of pavement.
Refer to figure 301-8E.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the superelevated pavement layers, paved shoulder and curb.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P19 CTF Curb top face
P20 CTB Curb top back
P21 CB-2 Curb back bottom
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L5 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L21 CB-1_Datum Curb bottom
L32 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom link
L36 BaseCourse2, Datum Shoulder base course 2 bottom link
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Shoulder shape
S6 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 1 shape
S7 Pavt Lane 1-4 Intermediate course 2 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E-4-Layers-Curbed-SE Lt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section, paved shoulder and curb.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Lane Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Slope Specifies the shoulder slope Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section and paved shoulder with a curb. The outside lane slope is set at the edge of pavement. The
shoulder slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ on 8’ wide shoulders and 2’ for 4’-6’ wide shoulders measured from the edge of pavement if the
roadway slope is greater than +3.00%. The shoulder then continues with the specified shoulder slope. Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes. Refer to
figure 301-8E. This subassembly is to be used on roadway left side only.
Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the superelevated pavement layers, paved shoulder and curb.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P18 SHB Shoulder break
P29 CTF Curb top face
P30 CTB Curb top back
P31 CB-2 Curb back bottom
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L5 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L6 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L25 CB-1,Datum Curb bottom
L32 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom link
L44 BaseCourse2, Datum Shoulder base course 2 bottom link
L43 BaseCourse2, Datum Shoulder base course 2 bottom link
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Shoulder shape
S6 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 1 shape
S7 Pavt Lane 1-4 Intermediate course 2 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E-4-Layers-Curbed-SE Rt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section, paved shoulder and curb.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Lane Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Slope Specifies the shoulder slope Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.500’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section and paved shoulder with a curb. The outside lane slope is set at the edge of pavement.
The shoulder slope matches the pavement slope at a distance of 2.5’ for 8’ wide shoulders and 2’ for 4’-6’ wide shoulders measured from the edge of
pavement if the roadway slope is greater than +3.00%. The shoulder then continues with the specified shoulder slope. Vertical links close the pavement layer
shapes. Refer to figure 301-8E. This subassembly is to be used on roadway right side only.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the superelevated pavement layers, paved shoulder and curb.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P18 SHB Shoulder break
P29 CTF Curb top face
P30 CTB Curb top back
P31 CB-2 Curb back bottom
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L5 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L6 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L25 CB-1,Datum Curb bottom link
L32 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course 2 bottom link
L44 BaseCourse2, Datum Shoulder base course 2 bottom link
L43 BaseCourse2, Datum Shoulder base course 2 bottom link
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Shoulder shape
S6 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 1 shape
S7 Pavt Lane 1-4 Intermediate course 2 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E-6-Layers

This subassembly creates a 6-layer pavement section with a paved shoulder.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 4’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Base Course 3 Thickness Specifies base course 3 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.5’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 step width from EP Numeric 1.0’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course 1 step width from EP Numeric 1.5’
Base Course 2 Step Width Specifies the base course 2 step width from EP Numeric 2.0’
Base Course 3 Step Width Specifies the base course 3 step width from EP Numeric 2.5’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust edge of shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a 6-layer pavement section with a paved shoulder. Pavement slope is adjustable; however, the shoulder slope is set at -4%.
Refer to figure 301-8E.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and paved shoulder.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P9 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P17 SH Outside shoulder point
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L5 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L41 BaseCourse3, Datum Base course link datum
L49 BaseCourse3, Datum Shoulder base course link datum
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 SHLDR-1 Shoulder surface course shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S4 SHLDR-2 Shoulder intermediate course 1 shape
S5 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S6 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course 1 shape
S7 SHLDR-3 Shoulder intermediate course 2 shape
S8 SHLDR-4 Shoulder base course 1 shape
S9 Pavt Lane 1-5 Base course 2 shape
S10 Pavt Lane 1-6 Base course 3 shape
S11 SHLDR-5 Shoulder base course 2 shape
S12 SHLDR-6 Shoulder base course 3 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E-6-Layers-SE Lt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 6-layer pavement section with a paved shoulder.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 4’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Base Course 3 Thickness Specifies base course 3 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.5’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 step width from EP Numeric 1.0’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course 1 step width from EP Numeric 1.5’
Base Course 2 Step Width Specifies the base course 2 step width from EP Numeric 2.0’
Base Course 3 Step Width Specifies the base course 3 step width from EP Numeric 2.5’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the Pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the Shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 6-layer pavement section with a paved shoulder. The outside lane slope is set at the edge of pavement. The
shoulder slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ for 8’ wide shoulders and 2’ for 4’-6’ wide shoulders measured from the edge of pavement if
the roadway slope is greater than +1.00%. The shoulder then continues with the specified shoulder slope. Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes.
Refer to figure 301-8E. This subassembly is to be used only on roadway left side.

Layout Mode Operation

Page 1 May 3, 2013


In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and paved shoulder.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P9 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P70 SHB Shoulder break
P30 SH-Test1 Outside shoulder points
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L26 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L101 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L23 BaseCourse3, Datum Base course link datum
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course 1 shape
S5 Pavt Lane 1-5 Base course 2 shape
S6 Pavt Lane 1-6 Base course 3 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-8E-6-Layers-SE Rt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 6-layer pavement section with a paved shoulder.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 4’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Base Course 2 Thickness Specifies base course 2 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Base Course 3 Thickness Specifies base course 3 thickness Numeric -0.5’
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.5’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 step width from EP Numeric 1.0’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course 1 step width from EP Numeric 1.5’
Base Course 2 Step Width Specifies the base course 2 step width from EP Numeric 2.0’
Base Course 3 Step Width Specifies the base course 3 step width from EP Numeric 2.5’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 6-layer pavement section with a paved shoulder. The outside lane slope is set at the edge of pavement. The
shoulder slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ for 8’ wide shoulders and 2’ for 4’-6’ wide shoulders measured from the edge of pavement if
the roadway slope is greater than +1.00%. The shoulder then continues with the specified shoulder slope. Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes.
Refer to figure 301-8E. This subassembly is to be used only on roadway right side.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and paved shoulder.

Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P9 Lane1 Edge of pavement
P70 SHB Shoulder break
P30 SH-Test1 Outside shoulder points
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L26 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L101 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L23 BaseCourse3, Datum Base course link datum
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course 1 shape
S5 Pavt Lane 1-5 Base course 2 shape
S6 Pavt Lane 1-6 Base course 3 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-9E-3-Layers-SE Lt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 3-layer pavement section with a bituminous surface treated or stabilized aggregated shoulder.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 6’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Slope Specifies the shoulder slope Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.75’
Shoulder Thickness Specifies shoulder thickness Numeric -0.6667
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.0’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 Step width from EP Numeric 0.5’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 3-layer pavement section with a bituminous surface treated or stabilized aggregated shoulder. The outside lane
slope is set at the edge of pavement. The shoulder slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ for 8’ wide shoulders and 2’ for 4’-6’ wide
shoulders measured from the edge of pavement if the roadway slope is greater than +1.00%. The shoulder then continues with the specified shoulder slope.
Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes. Refer to figure 301-9E. This assembly is to be used only on the left roadway side.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and aggregated shoulder.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane-1 Edge of pavement
P26 SHB Shoulder break
P23 SH Outside shoulder point
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L6 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L7 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L25 BaseCourse, Datum Base course link datum
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 SHLDR-1 Shoulder shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-9E-3-Layers-SE Rt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 3-layer pavement section with a bituminous surface treated or stabilized aggregated shoulder.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 6’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Slope Specifies the shoulder slope Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.75’
Shoulder Thickness Specifies shoulder thickness Numeric -0.6667
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.0’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 step width from EP Numeric 0.5’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used override or adjust the shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used override or adjust the shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 3-layer pavement section with a bituminous surface treated or stabilized aggregated shoulder. The right outside
lane slope is set at the edge of pavement. The shoulder slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ for 8’ wide shoulders and 2’ for 4’-6’ wide
shoulders measured from the edge of pavement if the roadway slope is greater than +1.00%. The shoulder then continues with the specified shoulder slope.
Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes. Refer to figure 301-9E. This assembly is to be used only on the right roadway side.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the Pavement Layers and Aggregated Shoulder.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane-1 Edge of pavement
P26 SHB Shoulder break
P23 SH Outside shoulder point
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L6 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L7 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L25 BaseCourse, Datum Base course link datum
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 SHLDR-1 Shoulder shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-9E-4-Layers-SE Lt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a bituminous surface treated or stabilized aggregated shoulder.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Slope Specifies the shoulder slope Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.375’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Shoulder Thickness Specifies shoulder thickness Numeric -0.6667
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.0’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 step width from EP Numeric 0.5’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course step width from EP Numeric 1.0’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a bituminous surface treated or stabilized aggregated shoulder. The outside lane
slope is set at the edge of pavement. The shoulder slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ for 8’ wide shoulders and 2’ for 4’-6’ wide
shoulders measured from the edge of pavement if the roadway slope is greater than +1.00%. The shoulder then continues with the specified shoulder slope.
Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes. Refer to figure 301-9E. This subassembly is to be used only on the left roadway side.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and aggregated shoulder.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane-1 Edge of pavement
P26 SHB Shoulder break
P23 SH Outside shoulder point
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L6 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L7 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L29 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course link datum
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 SHLDR-1 Shoulder shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S5 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-9E-4-Layers-SE Rt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a bituminous surface treated or stabilized aggregated shoulder.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Slope Specifies the shoulder slope Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.375’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Shoulder Thickness Specifies shoulder thickness Numeric -0.6667
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.0’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 step width from EP Numeric 0.5’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course step width from EP Numeric 1.0’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the shoulder. The Optional
Shoulder Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.
Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a bituminous surface treated or stabilized aggregated shoulder. The outside lane
slope is set at the edge of pavement. The shoulder slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ for 8’ wide shoulders and 2’ for 4’-6’ wide
shoulders measured from the edge of pavement if the roadway slope is greater than +1.00%. The shoulder then continues with the specified shoulder slope.
Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes. Refer to figure 301-9E. This subassembly is to be used only on the right roadway side.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and aggregated shoulder.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane-1 Edge of pavement
P26 SHB Shoulder break
P23 SH Outside shoulder point
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L6 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L7 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Shoulder top link
L29 BaseCourse2, Datum Base course link datum
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 SHLDR-1 Shoulder shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S5 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-10E-4-Layers- SE Lt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a turf shoulder. This subassembly is fully adjustable.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Slope Specifies the shoulder slope Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.5’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 step width from EP Numeric 1.0’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course step width from EP Numeric 1.5’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.

Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override or adjust lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override or adjust shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a turf Shoulder. The outside lane slope is set at the edge of pavement. The
shoulder slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ from the edge of pavement if the roadway slope is greater than +1.00%. The shoulder then
continues with the specified shoulder slope. Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes. This subassembly is to be only used on the left side of roadway.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and turf shoulder.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane-1 Edge of pavement
P19 SHB Shoulder break
P20 SH Outside shoulder point
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L5 GSH, Top, Datum Top, datum link
L6 GSH, Top, Datum Top, datum link
L20 BaseCourse1, Datum Base course datum link
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


SH301-10E-4-Layers- SE Rt

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a turf shoulder. This subassembly is fully adjustable.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the top, inside edge of pavement.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Pavement Width Specifies the pavement width Numeric 12’
Shoulder Width Specifies the shoulder width Numeric 8’
Pavement Slope Specifies the pavement slope Numeric -1.60%
Shoulder Slope Specifies the shoulder slope Numeric -8.00%
Surface Course Thickness Specifies the surface course thickness Numeric -0.1042’
Intermediate Course 1 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 1 thickness Numeric -0.1458’
Intermediate Course 2 Thickness Specifies intermediate course 2 thickness Numeric -0.3333’
Base Course 1 Thickness Specifies base course 1 thickness Numeric -0.500’
Intermediate Course 1 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 1 step width from EP Numeric 0.5’
Intermediate Course 2 Step Width Specifies the intermediate course 2 step width from EP Numeric 1.0’
Base Course 1 Step Width Specifies the base course step width from EP Numeric 1.5’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the pavement. The Optional
Edge of Pavement Width following object types can be used as targets for specifying the offset:
alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.

Lane 1 Pavement Elevation May be used to override lane 1 pavement elevation. Optional
Shoulder Break Elevation May be used to override shoulder break elevation. Optional
Shoulder Elevation May be used to override shoulder elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a superelevated 4-layer pavement section with a turf shoulder. The outside lane slope is set at the edge of pavement. The shoulder
slope matches the pavement slope for a distance of 2.5’ from the edge of pavement if the roadway slope is greater than +1.00%. The shoulder then continues
with the specified shoulder slope. Vertical links close the pavement layer shapes. This subassembly is to be used only on the right side of roadway.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the pavement layers and turf shoulder.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 PGL PGL of pavement


P7 Lane-1 Edge of pavement
P19 SHB Shoulder break
P20 SH Outside shoulder point
L1 SurfaceCourseTop, Top Surface course link
L5 GSH, Top, Datum Top, datum link
L6 GSH, Top, Datum Top, datum link
L20 BaseCourse1, Datum Base course datum link
S1 Pavt Lane 1-1 Surface course shape
S2 Pavt Lane 1-2 Intermediate course 1 shape
S3 Pavt Lane 1-3 Intermediate course 2 shape
S4 Pavt Lane 1-4 Base course shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


RM 3.1

This subassembly creates a simple raised median, 3’ wide (default) and 8” tall.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the bottom center.

Input Parameters

Note: Subassembly width is adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the Subassembly Left / Right/None None
CTD Width Specifies Width of CTD Numeric 3’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

None

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a raised median, 3’ wide and 8” tall

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the raised median, 3’ wide and 8” tall.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 TD Center, bottom, used for placement


P2 R-TD31 Right side bottom
P3 L-TD31 Left side bottom
P4 R-TD2 Right side
P5 L-TD2 Left side
P6 L-TD3 Left side top
P7 R-TD3 Right side top
L1 R-Median Median left side
L2 R-Median Left side of median
L3 R-Median Top of median
L4 R-Median Right side of median
L5 R-Median Right side of median
L6 R-Median Bottom right side
L7 R-Median Bottom left side
S1 RM3.1 Traffic Divider Median shape

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-4E 4-1 Cut & Fill w-Ditch Test

This subassembly creates cut & fill foreslopes with a 10’ graded shoulder for 4:1 in cut and 4:1, 3:1 & 2:1 with bench in fill. If existing surface slopes away from
the foreslope greater than 2%, ditch is not drawn in fill. 2:1 foreslope has a bench, ditch test and 2:1 backslope. Ditch backslopes vary from 3:1 to 2:1 based
on height of existing surface daylight.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Ditch Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric 2’
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric -1.5’
Bench Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric 10’
Shoulder Width Specifies the width of shoulder Numeric 10’
Shoulder Slope Specifies the slope of the shoulder Numeric -8.00%

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a graded shoulder and foreslope for cut & fill. The subassembly tests for degree of foreslope, ditch need and degree of backslope.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 4:1 foreslope and ditch in cut.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH-1 Graded shoulder width
P5 F4-FSLP2 Foreslope to existing surface
P12 F4-DT1 Inside ditch point
P13 F4-DT2 Outside ditch point
P15 F4-BK3 3:1 Backslope daylight
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Top of shoulder

Page 1 May 3, 2013


L8 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L15 DT-FSLP, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L16 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L18 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope to daylight

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-4E Cut & Fill w-Ditch Test

This subassembly creates adjustable cut & fill foreslopes with a graded shoulder. If existing surface slopes away from the foreslope greater than 2%, ditch is
not drawn in fill. Fill slope depth from edge of shoulder greater than 16.8’ automatically uses a 2:1 foreslope with a bench, ditch test and 2:1 backslope. Ditch
backslopes vary from 3:1 to 2:1 based on height of existing surface daylight.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Ditch Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric, positive 2’
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric, negative -1.5’
Bench Width Specifies the width of the bench in 2:1 fill slope Numeric, positive 10
Fill Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope slope in fill for fill less than 16.8’ Numeric, positive -3.00:1
from edge of shoulder.
Cut Foreslope Slope Specifies the foreslope slope in cut. Numeric, positive -3.00:1
Shoulder Width Specifies the width of shoulder Numeric, positive 10’
Shoulder Slope Specifies the slope of the shoulder Numeric -8.00%

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a graded shoulder and foreslope for cut & fill. Tests for degree of foreslope, ditch need and degree of backslope.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 3:1 Foreslope and Ditch in Cut.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH-1 Graded shoulder width
P5 F4-FSLP2 Foreslope to existing surface
P12 F4-DT1 Inside ditch point
P13 F4-DT2 Outside ditch point

Page 1 May 3, 2013


P15 F4-BK3 3:1 Backslope daylight
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Top of shoulder
L8 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L15 DT-FSLP, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L16 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L18 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope to daylight

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-4E Cut

This subassembly creates an in-cut ditch section with a graded shoulder, foreslope, ditch and an automatic backslope adjustment of 3:1 or 2:1 based on
daylight to the existing surface. The subassembly is adjustable.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Shoulder Width Specifies shoulder width Numeric 10’
Foreslope Slope Specifies foreslope slope Numeric -3.00:1
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch from the edge of Numeric -1.5’
shoulder
Shoulder Grade Specifies the slope of the shoulder Numeric -8.00%

Ditch Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric 2’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a graded shoulder and foreslope. The subassembly tests for degree of foreslope.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 4:1 foreslope with ditch and 3:1 backslope.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH-1 Minimum graded shoulder width
P4 C4-DT1 Inside ditch point
P5 C4-DT2 Outside ditch point
P6 C4-BK2 Daylight to existing surface point
P7 C4-BK3 Daylight to existing Surface point
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Top of shoulder
L3 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L4 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom

Page 1 May 3, 2013


L5 BKSLP, Top, Datum 2:1 Backslope to daylight
L6 BKSLP, Top, Datum 3:1 Backslope to daylight

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-4E-wDitchTest

This subassembly creates a fill slope with minimum 8’ graded shoulder for 6:1 foreslope and 10’ graded shoulder for all other foreslopes. Fill slope is decided
by elevation of target surface.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: Subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a graded shoulder and foreslope. Tests for degree of foreslope.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 6:1 foreslope.


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH-1 Minimum graded shoulder width
P3 F6-FSLP1 Foreslope to existing surface
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Top of shoulder
L7 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope

Coding Diagram

Page 1 May 3, 2013


307-4E-wDitchTest

This subassembly creates a fill slope and ditch test with minimum 8’ graded shoulder for 6:1 foreslope and 10’ graded shoulder for all other foreslopes. If existing
surface slopes away from the foreslope greater than 2%, ditch is not drawn. 2:1 foreslope has a bench, ditch test and 2:1 backslope. Ditch backslopes vary from
3:1 to 2:1 based on height of existing surface daylight.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge.

Input Parameters

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Ditch Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric, positive 2’
Ditch Depth Specifies the depth of the ditch Numeric, negative -1.5’
Bench Width Specifies the width of the ditch Numeric, positive 10’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a graded shoulder and foreslope. The assembly tests for degree of foreslope, ditch need and degree of backslope.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 6:1 foreslope and ditch.
Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There or other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 SH Edge of pavement shoulder


P2 GSH-1 Minimum graded shoulder width
P3 F6-FSLP1 Foreslope to exisitng surface
P8 DT-1 Inside ditch point
P9 DT-2 Outside ditch point
P11 D6-BK3 3:1 Backslope daylight
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Top of sidewalk

Page 1 May 3, 2013


L7 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope
L11 DT-FSLP, Top, Datum Ditch foreslope
L12 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch bottom
L14 BKSLP, Top, Datum Backslope to daylight

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


306-2E-1

This subassembly creates a simple sidewalk with a 2’ buffer width sloped 2% towards the curb with a 2’-2% hinge point and 4% slope to R/W. The
subassembly is fully adjustable.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the curb top, back.

Input Parameters

Note: Subassembly is adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right
Sidewalk Width Specifies the width of the sidewalk Numeric, positive 5’
Sidewalk Grade Specifies the grade of the sidewalk Grade 2.00%
Buffer Width Specifies the width of the buffer between the back of Numeric, positive 2’
curb and sidewalk.
Buffer Grade Specifies the grade of the buffer Grade, positive 2.00%

Sidewalk Thickness Specifies the thickness of the sidewalk Numeric, positive 0.5’

Back Buffer Width Specifies the width of the buffer from the back of Numeric, positive 2’
sidewalk to the hinge point for the slope to R/W
Back Buffer Grade Specifies the grade of the buffer at the back of the Numeric, positive 2.00%
sidewalk.
Grade to R/W Specifies the grade from the hinge point to the R/W Numeric, positive 4.00%

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or more target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed inside edge of the sidewalk and tie the Optional
Front Sidewalk Location inside edge of the sidewalk to an offset alignment. The following object types
can be used as targets for specifying the offset: alignments, polylines,
feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed outside edge of the sidewalk and tie the Optional
Back Sidewalk Location outside edge of the sidewalk to an offset alignment. The following object
types can be used as targets for specifying the offset: alignments, polylines,
feature lines, or survey figures.
May be used to override the fixed width offset and tie the width offset to an Optional
R/W - Easement Standard Highway offset alignment. The following object types can be used as targets for
Width specifying the offset: alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.

Front Sidewalk Elevation May be used to override or adjust the front of sidewalk elevation. Optional
Back Sidewalk Elevation May be used to override or adjust the back of sidewalk elevation. Optional
Buffer Hinge Point Elevation May be used to override or adjust the buffer hinge point elevation. Optional
R/W Tie Point Elevation May be used to override or adjust the R/W tie point elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly draws a 2’ buffer, sidewalk, 2’ hinge point at 2% and a tie in to ROW at 4%.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the 2’ buffer at 2% slope towards the curb, sidewalk, hinge and tie in to R/W.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 Walk-1 Inside edge of sidewalk


P2 Walk-B1 Inside depth of sidewalk
P3 Walk-2 Outside edge of sidewalk
P4 Walk-B2 Outside depth of sidewalk
P5 “Hinge” 2’ at 2% slope towards sidewalk
P6 RW 4% slope to R/W
P7 CurbLawn, Top, Datum Curb lawn from back of curb to sidewalk
L1 WalkTop, Top Top of sidewalk
L2 - Outside edge of sidewalk
L3 Walk, Datum 3:1 Foreslope to ditch
L4 - Inside edge of sidewalk
L5 Finished_Grade_1, Top, Datum Hinge slope
L6 Finished_Grade_2, Top, Datum 4% slope to R/W
S1 Sidewalk Sidewalk shape

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-6E_Cut

This subassembly creates an adjustable foreslope, adjustable ditch and a 3:1 backslope for heights of less than 5 feet, 2:1 backslope for heights greater than 5
feet.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge of graded shoulder.

Input Parameters

Note: Subassembly is not adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point The inside edge. Boolean _

Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right

Distance to R/W Distance form back of curb to R/W Numeric, Positive 1’

Grade to R/W Grade from back of curb to R/W Numeric, Positive 4.00%

Foreslope Slope Slope of the foreslope Numeric, Positive -3.0:1

Ditch Depth Depth of ditch from R/W Numeric, Positive -1.5’

Ditch Width Width of ditch Numeric, Positive 2’

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or mare target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed width offset and tie the width offset to an Optional
R/W - Easement Standard Highway offset alignment. The following object types can be used as targets for
Width specifying the offset: alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.
R/W - Easement Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust R/W – easement break elevation. Optional
Inside Edge of Ditch Elevation May be used to override or adjust ditch elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly adjusts the backslope for 3:1 to 2:1 for backslope heights above 5 feet from the ditch.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the foreslope, ditch and backslope to the existing surface.

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 CTB Curb top back


P2 RW R/W width
P3 DT1 Inside ditch point
P4 DT2 Outside ditch point
P5 BKSLP2 2:1 backslope to existing surface
P6 BKSLP3 3:1 backslope to existing surface
L2 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder at back of curb
L3 FSLP, Top, Datum Foreslope to ditch
L4 DITCH, Top, Datum Ditch
L5 BKSLP, Top, Datum 2:1 backslope to existing surface
L6 BKSLP, Top, Datum 3:1 Backslope to existing surface

Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


307-6E_Fill

This subassembly creates an adjustable simple fill slope with an adjustable slope towards the pavement.

Attachment

The attachment point is at the inside edge of the graded shoulder

Input Parameters

Note: Subassembly is adjustable.

Parameter Description Type Default


Insertion Point The inside edge of the graded shoulder. Boolean _

Side Specifies which side to place the subassembly Left / Right Right

Distance to R/W Distance form back of curb to R/W Numeric, Positive 1’

Grade to R/W Grade from back of curb to R/W Numeric, Positive 4.00%

Foreslope Slope Slope of the foreslope Numeric, Positive -2.0:1

Target Parameters

This section lists the parameters in this subassembly that can be mapped to one or mare target objects.

Parameter Description Status


May be used to override the fixed width offset and tie the width offset to an Optional
R/W - Easement Standard Highway offset alignment. The following object types can be used as targets for
Width specifying the offset: alignments, polylines, feature lines, or survey figures.

Existing Surface Name of the daylighting surface. The following object types can be used as Required
targets for specifying the surface: surfaces.
R/W - Easement Break Elevation May be used to override or adjust R/W – easement break elevation. Optional

Output Parameters

None
Behavior

This subassembly creates a simple 2:1 fill slope to a target surface with an adjustable slope towards the pavement.

Layout Mode Operation

In layout mode, this subassembly draws the fill slope as defined.


Point, Link, and Shape Codes

The following table lists some of the points, link, and shape codes for this subassembly that have codes assigned to them. There are other point, link, or shape
codes for this subassembly that are not included in this table.
Point, Link, or Shape Codes Description

P1 CTB Curb top back


P2 RW R/W width
P3 (FILL2) Daylight to target surface
L1 GSH, Top, Datum Graded shoulder at back of curb
L2 FSLP, Top, Datum Fill slope to target surface

Page 1 May 3, 2013


Coding Diagram

Page 2 May 3, 2013


Plot Style Tables and Named Plot Styles Setup In AutoCAD Civil 3D
Plot Style Tables Needed: OhDOT_Full-Size.stb, OhDOT_Half-Size.stb*, OhDOT_Quarter-Size.stb*
*Note: 1/2 and 1/4 tables use the same named plot style but cut the weights by 1/2 or 1/4
Mono-__mm=100% Black & Weight Specified in __mm
Named Plot Style Properties: Screen-xx%-__mm, = xx% Screen & Weight in __mm
Color-__mm=100% Color & Weight Specified in __mm
Named Plot Styles To Be Created In Each Table Above
Solid Black 0% 6% 12% 25% 30% 37% 45% 50%
Mono-0.15mm NoPlot Screen6%-0.15mm Screen12%-0.15mm Screen25%-0.15mm Screen30%-0.15mm Screen37%-0.15mm Screen45%-0.15mm Screen50%-0.15mm
Mono-0.35mm Screen6%-0.35mm Screen12%-0.35mm Screen25%-0.35mm Screen30%-0.35mm Screen37%-0.35mm Screen45%-0.35mm Screen50%-0.35mm
Mono-0.65mm Screen6%-0.65mm Screen12%-0.65mm Screen25%-0.65mm Screen30%-0.65mm Screen37%-0.65mm Screen45%-0.65mm Screen50%-0.65mm
Mono-0.90mm Screen6%-0.90mm Screen12%-0.90mm Screen25%-0.90mm Screen30%-0.90mm Screen37%-0.90mm Screen45%-0.90mm Screen50%-0.90mm
Mono-1.15mm Screen6%-1.15mm Screen12%-1.15mm Screen25%-1.15mm Screen30%-1.15mm Screen37%-1.15mm Screen45%-1.15mm Screen50%-1.15mm
Mono-1.40mm Screen6%-1.40mm Screen12%-1.40mm Screen25%-1.40mm Screen30%-1.40mm Screen37%-1.40mm Screen45%-1.40mm Screen50%-1.40mm
Mono-1.70mm Screen6%-1.70mm Screen12%-1.70mm Screen25%-1.70mm Screen30%-1.70mm Screen37%-1.70mm Screen45%-1.70mm Screen50%-1.70mm
Mono-1.90mm Screen6%-1.90mm Screen12%-1.90mm Screen25%-1.90mm Screen30%-1.90mm Screen37%-1.90mm Screen45%-1.90mm Screen50%-1.90mm
Mono-2.20mm Screen6%-2.20mm Screen12%-2.20mm Screen25%-2.20mm Screen30%-2.20mm Screen37%-2.20mm Screen45%-2.20mm Screen50%-2.20mm
Mono-2.45mm Screen6%-2.45mm Screen12%-2.45mm Screen25%-2.45mm Screen30%-2.45mm Screen37%-2.45mm Screen45%-2.45mm Screen50%-2.45mm
Mono-2.70mm Screen6%-2.70mm Screen12%-2.70mm Screen25%-2.70mm Screen30%-2.70mm Screen37%-2.70mm Screen45%-2.70mm Screen50%-2.70mm

Description Screened Colors in Microstation Plot Drivers That Were Setup As Screens In AutoCAD Civil 3D
Output ColorTable Index 47 46 45 43 42 41 40 39
RGB Value 255 240 224 192 176 160 144 128
Percentage White 100% 94% 88% 75% 69% 63% 56% 50%
Screening Setting (STB)* 0% 6% 12% 25% 31% 37% 44% 50%
*0% Solid White, 100% Solid Black

Weights/Usage In Pen Tables (OhDOT Microstation Plotting) AutoCAD Generic Linetypes


Ustn Linestyle No/Name AutoCAD Name Pen Down, Pen Up Pairs
Weight Definitions (Ustn) Inches Full MM Full # Used Current Levels MM Rounded
1 - DOT OhDOT_USTN1 0.35, 1.05 mm

0 0.006 0.15 456 0.15


2 - Hidden OhDOT_USTN2 1.75, 1.05 mm
1 0.014 0.36 349 0.35
2 0.026 0.66 65 0.65
3 - Dashed OhDOT_USTN3 4.2, 1.4 mm
3 0.036 0.91 20 0.90
4 0.046 1.17 3 1.20
4 - Dashdot OhDOT_USTN4 2.8, 1.05, 0.7, 1.05 mm
5 0.056 1.42 1 1.40
6 0.066 1.68 0 1.70
5 - Hidden2 OhDOT_USTN5 1.4, 1.4 mm
7 0.076 1.93 0 1.90
8 0.086 2.18 0 2.20
6 - Divide OhDOT_USTN6 2.1, 0.7, 0.7, 0.7, 0.7, 0.7 mm
9 0.096 2.44 0 2.45
10 0.106 2.69 0 2.70
7 -Center OhDOT_USTN7 2.8, 0.7, 1.4, 0.7 mm
Weights 11-31 Not Used

Plot Style Configurations


Page 1 May 3, 2013
OhDOT MicroStation Color Table (ODOT_Color.tbl) The Display of Content In CADD Files
Ustn Index # Ustn R Ustn G Ustn B Closest Acad Index #
0 255 255 255 7
1 0 0 255 5
2 0 255 0 3
3 255 0 0 1
4 255 255 0 2
5 255 0 255 6
6 255 128 0 30
7 0 255 255 4
8 255 20 147 230
9 84 135 84 95
10 0 255 161 120
11 64 224 208 133
12 168 84 224 203
13 255 158 191 231
14 160 82 45 15
15 0 0 0 18
16 235 255 168 61
17 135 206 250 151
18 84 201 84 93
19 255 204 186 254
20 255 214 0 40
21 191 128 168 223
22 240 158 122 21
23 69 156 255 161
24 176 48 97 245
25 153 204 51 62
26 181 255 224 254
27 36 135 135 137
28 224 191 255 254
29 178 34 34 24
30 204 138 15 42
31 105 77 84 251
32 0 0 0 18
33 32 32 32 250
34 48 48 48 250
35 64 64 64 250
36 80 80 80 251
37 96 96 96 251
38 112 112 112 8
39 128 128 128 8
40 144 144 144 252
41 160 160 160 253

OhDOT Index & RGB Colors Table


Page 1 May 3, 2013
Ustn Index # Ustn R Ustn G Ustn B Closest Acad Index #
42 176 176 176 253
43 192 192 192 9
44 208 208 208 254
45 224 224 224 254
46 240 240 240 7
47 255 255 255 7
48 0 0 32 178
49 0 0 64 178
50 0 0 96 178
51 0 0 128 176
52 0 0 160 174
53 0 0 192 172
54 0 0 224 172
55 0 0 255 5
56 28 28 255 5
57 56 56 255 160
58 84 84 255 173
59 112 112 255 171
60 140 140 255 171
61 168 168 255 161
62 196 196 255 254
63 224 224 255 254
64 0 32 0 98
65 0 64 0 98
66 0 96 0 98
67 0 128 0 96
68 0 160 0 94
69 0 192 0 92
70 0 224 0 92
71 0 255 0 3
72 28 255 28 3
73 56 255 56 80
74 84 255 84 93
75 112 255 112 91
76 140 255 140 91
77 168 255 168 81
78 196 255 196 254
79 224 255 224 254
80 32 0 0 18
81 64 0 0 18
82 96 0 0 18
83 128 0 0 16
84 160 0 0 14

OhDOT Index & RGB Colors Table


Page 2 May 3, 2013
Ustn Index # Ustn R Ustn G Ustn B Closest Acad Index #
85 192 0 0 12
86 224 0 0 12
87 255 0 0 1
88 255 28 28 1
89 255 56 56 20
90 255 84 84 13
91 255 112 112 11
92 255 140 140 11
93 255 168 168 21
94 255 196 196 254
95 255 224 224 254
96 32 32 0 38
97 64 64 0 48
98 96 96 0 58
99 128 128 0 56
100 160 160 0 54
101 192 192 0 52
102 224 224 0 52
103 255 255 0 2
104 255 255 28 2
105 255 255 56 2
106 255 255 84 51
107 255 255 112 51
108 255 255 140 51
109 255 255 168 51
110 255 255 196 7
111 255 255 224 7
112 32 0 32 198
113 64 0 64 208
114 96 0 96 218
115 128 0 128 216
116 160 0 160 214
117 192 0 192 212
118 224 0 224 212
119 255 0 255 6
120 255 28 255 6
121 255 56 255 6
122 255 84 255 211
123 255 112 255 211
124 255 140 255 211
125 255 168 255 211
126 255 196 255 7
127 255 224 255 7

OhDOT Index & RGB Colors Table


Page 3 May 3, 2013
Ustn Index # Ustn R Ustn G Ustn B Closest Acad Index #
128 0 32 32 118
129 0 64 64 128
130 0 96 96 138
131 0 128 128 136
132 0 160 160 134
133 0 192 192 132
134 0 224 224 132
135 0 255 255 4
136 28 255 255 4
137 56 255 255 4
138 84 255 255 131
139 112 255 255 131
140 140 255 255 131
141 168 255 255 131
142 196 255 255 7
143 224 255 255 7
144 255 28 0 1
145 255 56 0 20
146 255 84 0 20
147 255 112 0 30
148 255 140 0 30
149 255 168 0 40
150 255 196 0 40
151 255 224 0 2
152 224 255 0 2
153 196 255 0 60
154 168 255 0 60
155 140 255 0 70
156 112 255 0 70
157 84 255 0 80
158 56 255 0 80
159 28 255 0 3
160 0 255 28 3
161 0 255 56 100
162 0 255 84 100
163 0 255 112 110
164 0 255 140 110
165 0 255 168 120
166 0 255 196 120
167 0 255 224 4
168 0 224 255 4
169 0 196 255 140
170 0 168 255 140

OhDOT Index & RGB Colors Table


Page 4 May 3, 2013
Ustn Index # Ustn R Ustn G Ustn B Closest Acad Index #
171 0 140 255 150
172 0 112 255 150
173 0 84 255 160
174 0 56 255 160
175 0 28 255 5
176 28 0 255 5
177 56 0 255 180
178 84 0 255 180
179 112 0 255 190
180 140 0 255 190
181 168 0 255 200
182 196 0 255 200
183 224 0 255 6
184 255 0 224 6
185 255 0 196 220
186 255 0 168 220
187 255 0 140 230
188 255 0 112 230
189 255 0 84 240
190 255 0 56 240
191 255 0 28 1
192 255 82 28 20
193 245 138 64 23
194 215 135 84 23
195 64 32 0 38
196 222 184 135 31
197 255 222 173 41
198 242 222 130 41
199 250 250 209 7
200 235 235 31 2
201 216 240 94 61
202 180 255 105 71
203 127 224 61 83
204 145 201 133 73
205 191 214 112 53
206 97 128 64 77
207 32 64 0 78
208 0 64 32 118
209 46 128 87 107
210 84 186 135 103
211 168 255 191 111
212 128 255 224 121
213 30 199 173 122

OhDOT Index & RGB Colors Table


Page 5 May 3, 2013
Ustn Index # Ustn R Ustn G Ustn B Closest Acad Index #
214 0 115 92 126
215 48 158 158 135
216 0 32 64 158
217 38 54 125 177
218 128 161 224 161
219 176 196 255 151
220 191 224 255 254
221 33 82 224 152
222 84 84 219 173
223 82 33 222 192
224 32 0 64 198
225 161 128 191 193
226 180 122 250 191
227 191 64 255 191
228 235 84 255 201
229 235 168 255 201
230 217 191 217 254
231 135 33 135 217
232 64 0 32 238
233 173 0 87 234
234 186 84 161 233
235 255 143 231 221
236 255 105 181 231
237 219 112 148 233
238 199 20 33 242
239 189 143 143 33
240 255 255 255 7
241 255 255 255 7
242 255 255 255 7
243 255 255 255 7
244 255 255 255 7
245 255 255 255 7
246 255 255 255 7
247 255 255 255 7
248 255 255 255 7
249 255 255 255 7
250 255 255 255 7
251 255 255 255 7
252 0 0 0 18
253 0 0 0 18
254 0 0 0 18

OhDOT Index & RGB Colors Table


Page 6 May 3, 2013

You might also like